Road Project Management

IMPROVEMENT OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT FOR
HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION AND

MAINTENANCE, PHASE II
ROAD PROJECT MANAGEMENT

AND SUPERVISION MANUAL
VOLUME I: MAIN TEXT
2014
Department of Public Works and Highways
IMPROVEMENT OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT FOR

HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION AND
MAINTENANCE, PHASE II
ROAD PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND

SUPERVISION MANUAL
VOLUME I: MAIN TEXT
SECOND EDITION
SEPTEMBER 2014
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND HIGHWAYS

JAPAN INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION AGENCY
Republic of the Philippines

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND HIGHWAYS
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY
Manila
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD
TABLE OF CONTENTS..................................................................................
ii
LIST OF TABLES ...........................................................................................
viii
LIST OF FIGURES .........................................................................................
xi
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT .................................................................................
xiv
ACRONYMS .................................................................................................
xv
DEFINITION OF TERMS................................................................................
xxi
Chapter 1
Introduction ...............................................................................
1-1
1.1
Background ..................................................................................................
1-1
1.2
Purpose ........................................................................................................
1-1
1.3
Outline ..........................................................................................................
1-2
Chapter 2
Contracts and Guidelines ..........................................................
2-1
2.1
Locally-funded Contract ...............................................................................
2-1
2.2
Foreign-funded Contract ..............................................................................
2-1
2.2.1
Asset Management Approach .................................................................
2-1
2.2.2
Long-Term Performance Based Maintenance ........................................
2-2
Guidelines, Manuals and Practices ..............................................................
2-7
2.3
2.3.1
Basic Guidelines and Manuals................................................................
2-7
2.3.2
Standard Procurement and Implementation Guidelines .........................
2-8
2.3.3
International Standard Practices .............................................................
2-10
2.3.4
Standard Practices of DPWH..................................................................
2-11
Chapter 3
3.1
Implementing Organizations and Role of Entities .......................
3-1
Organization of Central Office ......................................................................
3-1
3.1.1
Bureau of Construction ...........................................................................
3-3
3.1.2
Bureau of Maintenance ...........................................................................
3-5
3.1.3
Project Management Office ....................................................................
3-6
3.1.4
Planning Service .....................................................................................
3-7
3.1.5
Bureau of Research and Standards........................................................
3-9
Road Project Management and Supervision Manual Vol.1 Main Text
ii
3.1.6
Bureau of Design ....................................................................................
3-10
3.1.7
Bureau of Quality and Safety (BQS) .......................................................
3-12
3.2
Organizations of RO and DEO .....................................................................
3-13
3.3
Organizations for Construction Supervisions ...............................................
3-16
3.3.1
For Foreign-funded Projects through International Competitive Bidding.
3.3.2
For Locally and Foreign-funded Projects through Local Competitive
3-16
Bidding ....................................................................................................
3-20
3.4
Administrative Penalties/Sanctions ..............................................................
3-23
3.5
Authorities of DPWH Officials .......................................................................
3-24
3.7
Reforms in DPWH ........................................................................................
3-25
Chapter 4
Procurement ..............................................................................
4-1
4.1
Bids ..............................................................................................................
4-1
4.2
Contract ........................................................................................................
4-5
4.2.1
Contract Documents ...............................................................................
4-5
4.2.2
Subcontract/Sublease .............................................................................
4-8
Facilities and Land Acquisition .....................................................................
4-8
4.3
4.3.1
Facilities for the Engineer........................................................................
4-8
4.3.2
Right-of-Way Acquisition .........................................................................
4-9
4.3.3
Possession of Site ..................................................................................
4-9
4.3.4
Relocation of Utilities ..............................................................................
4-10
Performance Security and Insurance ...........................................................
4-10
4.4
4.4.1
Performance Security .............................................................................
4-10
4.4.2
Contractor's All Risk Insurance (CARI) ...................................................
4-11
Notice to Proceed (NTP) ..............................................................................
4-11
4.5
Chapter 5
Public Information, Road Safety and Environmental Management
5-1
5.1
Public Information System............................................................................
5-1
5.2
Relations with Local Communities and Road Users.....................................
5-2
5.3
Road Safety..................................................................................................
5-3
iii
5.3.1
Road Safety Program .............................................................................
5-3
5.3.2
Road Safety Manual ...............................................................................
5-4
5.3.3
Provision of Road Safety Devices ...........................................................
5-5
5.3.4
Traffic Management ................................................................................
5-6
5.3.5
5.4
Safety Officer ..........................................................................................
5-6
Safety and Health Programs ........................................................................
5-6
5.4.1
Obligation of the Contractor ....................................................................
5-6
5.4.2
Load Restriction ......................................................................................
5-7
5.4.3
Coordination during Emergency .............................................................
5-7
Environmental Management ........................................................................
5-8
5.5
5.5.1
Legal Framework and Process ...............................................................
5-8
5.5.2
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) ................................................
5-8
5.5.3
Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) .........................................
5-10
5.5.4
Environmental Management Plan (EMP)................................................
5-14
5.5.5
Environmental and Social Considerations ..............................................
5-15
Risk Management ........................................................................................
5-17
5.6
Chapter 6
6.1
Construction Management and Supervision ...............................
6-1
Preliminary Activities ....................................................................................
6-1
6.1.1
Study of Design Reports, Design Drawings, Specifications and

Contract Documents ...............................................................................
6-1
6.1.2
Study on Meteorological Condition .........................................................
6-3
6.1.3
Pre-construction Survey..........................................................................
6-3
6.1.4
Joint Site Inspection ................................................................................
6-4
6.1.5
Conduct of Pre-construction Meeting ......................................................
6-5
6.1.6
Conduct of Joint As-stake Survey and Preparation of As-staked Plan ....
6-12
6.1.7
Preparation and Processing of Variation Order (VO) ..............................
6-14
Project Management ....................................................................................
6-18
6.2
6.2.1
Mobilization/Demobilization ....................................................................
6-19
6.2.2
Provision of Project Billboard ..................................................................
6-19
6.2.3
Work Program .........................................................................................
6-20
6.2.4
Straight Line Diagram .............................................................................
6-26
6.2.5
Value Engineering ...................................................................................
6-26
6.2.6
Construction Drawings ............................................................................
6-28
6.2.7
Shop Drawings........................................................................................
6-28
6.2.8
Establishment of Communication Network .............................................
6-28
6.2.9
Conduct of Coordination Meetings..........................................................
6-28
6.2.10 Maintenance Work during Contract Period .............................................
6-29
iv
6.2.11 Delay of Work and Action Plans ..............................................................
6-30
6.2.12 Suspension of Works ..............................................................................
6-34
6.2.13 Extension of Contract Time .....................................................................
6-35
6.2.14 Termination of Contract ...........................................................................
6-37
6.3
Cost Management ........................................................................................
6.3.1
Advance Payment ...................................................................................
6-42
6.3.2
Interim Payment ......................................................................................
6-44
6.3.3
Payment of Materials on Site ..................................................................
6-46
6.3.4
Disbursement Estimate and Monitoring of Payment ...............................
6-46
6.3.5
Cost Reduction .......................................................................................
6-46
6.3.6
Price Adjustments ...................................................................................
6-49
6.3.7
Provisional Sum and Daywork ................................................................
6-50
6.3.8
Claims .....................................................................................................
6-51
Quantity Control ...........................................................................................
6-54
6.4
6.4.1
Objectives ...............................................................................................
6-54
6.4.2
Duties of Quantity Engineer ....................................................................
6-54
6.4.3
Inspection Techniques ............................................................................
6-55
6.4.4
Bill of Quantities (BOQ)...........................................................................
6-55
6.4.5
Measurement and Evaluation .................................................................
6-56
6.4.6
Monitoring and Estimate of Final Quantity ..............................................
6-57
Documentation .............................................................................................
6-57
6.5
6.5.1
Progress Reports ....................................................................................
6-58
6.5.2
Project Logbook ......................................................................................
6-59
6.5.3
Correspondence .....................................................................................
6-62
6.5.4
Progress Photographs ............................................................................
6-62
Chapter 7
Quality Control ...........................................................................
7-1
7.1
General.........................................................................................................
7-1
7.2
Quality Control Program ...............................................................................
7-3
7.3
Quality Control Specifications.......................................................................
7-5
7.4
Project Laboratory ........................................................................................
7-6
7.5
Accreditation of AC and PCC Batching Plants .............................................
7-9
7.6
Quality Control Activities ...............................................................................
7-13
7.6.1
6-39
Category of Activities and Frequency of Tests ........................................
7-13
7.6.2
Quality Control on Construction Materials...............................................
7-17
7.6.3
Production of Aggregates........................................................................
7-18
7.6.4
Submission and Approval of Concrete Pouring Permit ...........................
7-22
7.6.5
Quality Control Logbook .........................................................................
7-24
Design Mix and Trial Construction ................................................................
7-24
7.7
7.7.1
Design Mix and Trial Construction for PCC Pavement ...........................
7-24
7.7.2
Job-Mix Formula and Trial Construction for AC Pavement .....................
7-27
7.7.3
Design Mix and Trial Construction for Other Major Work Items ..............
7-30
7.8
Calibration of Testing Equipment ..................................................................
7-32
7.9
Accreditation of New Product and Technology .............................................
7-32
7.9.1
PCCP Reinforced with Welded Wire Mesh .............................................
7-32
7.10 Recycling of Pavement Materials .................................................................
7-33
7.11 Roller Compacted Concrete Pavement (RCCP) ..........................................
7-33
7.12 Electrical Density Gauge ..............................................................................
7-34
7.13 ISO Accreditation of Large Contractors ........................................................
7-35
Chapter 8
Field Inspections .......................................................................
8-1
8.1
Objectives of Field Inspection.......................................................................
8-1
8.2
Categories of Field Inspection ......................................................................
8-4
8.3
Field Inspection Plan ....................................................................................
8-6
8.4
Standard Inspection Check Sheet ................................................................
8-8
8.5
Request for Inspection .................................................................................
8-10
Chapter 9
Project Completion ....................................................................
9-1
9.1
Pre-final Inspection for Completion ..............................................................
9-1
9.2
Final Inspection for Completion ....................................................................
9-1
9.2.1
Submission of Request for Final Inspection for Completion ...................
9-1
9.2.2
Participants for the Final Inspection for Completion ................................
9-2
9.2.3
Remedial Works......................................................................................
9-4
9.3
Issuance of Certificate of Completion ...........................................................
9-4
9.4
Final Payment ..............................................................................................
9-6
Chapter 10
Defects Liability Period, Final Acceptance and Warranty Period .
10-1
10.1 Defects Liability Period .................................................................................
10-1
vi
10.2 Pre-final Inspection for Acceptance ..............................................................
10-1
10.3 Final Inspection for Acceptance....................................................................
10-1
10.3.1 Remedial Works......................................................................................
10-1
10.4 Issuance of Certificate of Acceptance ..........................................................
10-1
10.5 Release of Remaining Retention Money ......................................................
10-2
10.6 Release of Performance Security .................................................................
10-2
10.7 Warranty Period............................................................................................
10-2
Chapter 11
Maintenance after Final Acceptance ...........................................
11-1
11.1 Maintenance by DPWH after Final Acceptance............................................
11-1
11.2 Maintenance Inspection and Remedial Measure Design .............................
11-8
11.3 Overloaded Vehicle Control ..........................................................................
11-10
vii
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1.1
Classifications of Projects and Programs ..........................................
1-2
Table 2.1
Scope of LTPBM Contract .................................................................
2-3
Table 2.2
Road Condition Category ..................................................................
2-4
Table 2.3
International Roughness Index and Road Condition Category ..........
2-4
Table 2.4
Typical Intervention Pattern on LTPBM .............................................
2-5
Table 2.5
Advantages and Disadvantages of Design-Built Contract .................
2-6
Table 2.6
Reference Guidelines and Manuals ..................................................
2-8
Table 2.7
DPWH Procurement Manuals ...........................................................
2-9
Table 2.8
Comparison of GCC between FIDIC and DPWH Conditions of

Contract .............................................................................................
2-13
Table 3.1
Bureaus' Roles and Functions ...........................................................
3-3
Table 3.2
Limits of Authority ..............................................................................
3-13
Table 3.3
Duties and Responsibilities of Consultants........................................
3-18
Table 3.4
Limits of assignment of Project Engineer and Project Inspector........
3-21
Table 3.5
Limits of Assignment of Materials Engineer .......................................
3-21
Table 3.6
Duties and Responsibilities of Project Engineer ................................
3-22
Table 3.7
Duties and Responsibilities of Project Inspector ................................
3-22
Table 3.8
Duties and Responsibilities of Materials Engineer .............................
3-23
Table 3.9
Points against Negative Slippage ......................................................
3-24
Table 4.1
Bid Documents ..................................................................................
4-1
Table 4.2
List of Contract Documents ...............................................................
4-5
Table 5.1
Safety Programs ................................................................................
5-3
Table 5.2
Road Safety Manual and Handbook ..................................................
5-4
Table 5.3
Project Grouping Matrix for Determination of EIA Report Type

- New Single and Co-located Projects (Group I)................................
Table 5.4
5-12
Project Grouping Matrix for Determination of EIA Report Type

- New Single and Co-located Projects (Group II)...............................
5-13
Table 6.1
Checklist of Reports for Review.........................................................
6-2
Table 6.2
Participants for Site Inspection ..........................................................
6-4
Table 6.3
Scope of Inspection ...........................................................................
6-5
Table 6.4
Agenda for Pre-construction Meeting ................................................
6-6
Table 6.5
Attendees for Meeting .......................................................................
6-10
Table 6.6
Control Points and Tolerances ...........................................................
6-13
Table 6.7
Agenda for Coordination Meeting ......................................................
6-29
Table 6.8
Stages of Negative Slippage .............................................................
6-31
Table 6.9
Types of Payments ............................................................................
6-41
viii
Table 6.10
Payment Guidelines ..........................................................................
Table 6.11
Actions and Supporting Documents for Advance Payment
6-41
(Regional and District Offices) ...........................................................
6-43
Table 6.12
Payment Procedure ...........................................................................
6-44
Table 6.13
Actions and Supporting Documents Required for Interim

Payment (Regional and District Offices) ............................................
6-45
Table 6.14
Cost Reduction due to Deficiency in Strength ...................................
6-47
Table 6.15
Cost Reduction due to Deficiency in Thickness.................................
6-49
Table 6.16
Contractors Claim for Time Extension ..............................................
6-53
Table 6.17
Checklist of Project Documents .........................................................
6-58
Table 6.18
Progress Report ................................................................................
6-59
Table 6.19
Responsible Office for Securing the Documents ...............................
6-62
Table 7.1
Quality Control Activities ....................................................................
7-4
Table 7.2
Specifications/Standards ...................................................................
7-6
Table 7.3
Material Testing Equipment/Apparatus ..............................................
7-8
Table 7.4
Quality Control Categories ................................................................
7-14
Table 7.5
Minimum Test Requirements .............................................................
7-16
Table 7.6
Categories of Materials ......................................................................
7-17
Table 7.7
Types of Aggregates Required for Road Projects..............................
7-19
Table 7.8
Types of Crushers .............................................................................
7-20
Table 7.9
Classes of Concrete ..........................................................................
7-30
Table 7.10
Grading Requirement for Coarse Aggregate .....................................
7-30
Table 7.11
Strength Requirements for Cement Concrete ...................................
7-31
Table 7.12
Composition and Strength of Concrete for Use in Structure ..............
7-31
Table 7.13
Comparison between PCCP and RCCP ...........................................
7-34
Table 8.1
Criteria for acceptance ......................................................................
8-4
Table 9.1
Composition of Inspectorate Team ....................................................
9-2
Table 9.2
Procedures and Supporting Documents for Final Payment (Regional

and District Offices) ...........................................................................
9-7
Table 10.1
Warranty Security ..............................................................................
10-3
Table 11.1
Main Goals of Preventive/Periodic and Routine Maintenance ...........
11-2
Table 11.2
Required Maintenance Activities for Road Facilities ..........................
11-3
Table 11.3
Calculation of Maintenance Share .....................................................
11-6
Table 11.4
Monitoring for Maintenance Works ....................................................
11-7
Table 11.5
Pavement Distress, Major Causes and Common Repair Methods

for AC Pavement ...............................................................................
ix
11-8
Table 11.6
Table 11.7

for PCC Pavement.............................................................................
11-9
Maximum Allowable Gross Vehicle Weight........................................
11-10
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2.1
Asset Management Approach ...........................................................
2-2
Figure 2.2
Sequence of Project Delivery ............................................................
2-6
Figure 2.3
Procurement and Contract Guidelines...............................................
2-7
Figure 2.4
DPWH Procurement Manuals Cover Pages......................................
2-9
Figure 2.5
FIDIC Conditions of Contract Cover Pages .......................................
2-11
Figure 3.1
Organizational Chart of DPWH CO ...................................................
3-2
Figure 3.2
Organizational Chart of BOC .............................................................
3-4
Figure 3.3
Organizational Chart of BOM ............................................................
3-5
Figure 3.4
Organizational Chart of PS ................................................................
3-8
Figure 3.5
Organizational Chart of BRS .............................................................
3-10
Figure 3.6
Organizational Chart of BOD .............................................................
3-11
Figure 3.7
Organizational Chart of BQS .............................................................
3-12
Figure 3.8
Organizational Chart of RO ...............................................................
3-14
Figure 3.9
Organizational Chart of DEO .............................................................
3-15
Figure 3.10 Typical Assignment Schedules of Consultants ..................................
3-16
Figure 3.11 Typical Organizational Chart of Consultants for Construction

Supervision ........................................................................................
3-17
Figure 3.12 Typical Organizational Chart for Construction Supervision of

Project conducted thru Force Account ...............................................
3-20
Figure 5.1
Project Information ............................................................................
5-2
Figure 5.2
Traffic Control Information .................................................................
5-2
Figure 5.3
Traffic Accident Recording and Analysis System ...............................
5-3
Figure 5.4
Road Safety Manual and Highway Safety Design Standards Cover

Pages ................................................................................................
5-4
Figure 5.5
Road Safety Devices and Signages ..................................................
5-5
Figure 5.6
Summary Flowchart of EIA Process ..................................................
5-9
Figure 5.7
Overview of Stages of the Philippine EIA Process ............................
5-10
Figure 5.6
Risk Management Diagram ...............................................................
5-17
Figure 6.1
Stages of Implementation ..................................................................
6-1
Figure 6.2
Example of Rainfall Record ...............................................................
6-3
Figure 6.3
Typical Organizational Chart of Contractor for Foreign-Funded Project
6-8
Figure 6.4
Typical Organizational Chart of Contractor for Locally-Funded Project
6-9
Figure 6.5
Typical Weekly Work Schedule .........................................................
Figure 6.6
Flowchart of activities for As-stake Survey and Approval of
Figure 6.7
xi
6-11
As-staked Plan ..................................................................................
6-14
Executive Summary...........................................................................
6-17
Figure 6.8
Project Management .........................................................................
6-18
Figure 6.9
Example of Pert/CPM ........................................................................
6-21
Figure 6.10 Example of Bar Chart with S-Curve ...................................................
6-22
Figure 6.11 Example of Manpower Schedule .......................................................
6-24
Figure 6.12 Example of Equipment Utilization Schedule ......................................
6-25
Figure 6.13 Example of Straight Line Diagram .....................................................
6-27
Figure 6.14 Maintenance Period...........................................................................
6-29
Figure 6.15 Contractors Maintenance Activities ...................................................
6-30
Figure 6.16 Catch-up Program .............................................................................
6-32
Figure 6.17 Cost and Financial Management .......................................................
6-40
Figure 6.18 Project Logbook Format ....................................................................
6-61
Figure 6.19 Progress Photographs .......................................................................
6-63
Figure 7.1
Quality Management .........................................................................
7-1
Figure 7.2
Statistical Quality Control (X-R Control Chart) ...................................
7-2
Figure 7.3
Quality Control Procedures ...............................................................
7-5
Figure 7.4
Material Testing Equipment/Apparatus ..............................................
7-9
Figure 7.5
Flowchart for Batching Plant Accreditation ........................................
7-11
Figure 7.6
Assessment of Batching Plant for Accreditation ..............................
7-12
Figure 7.7
Asphalt and Portland Cement Concrete Batching Plants ..................
7-13
Figure 7.8
Common Problems in Aggregate Production (Case of River Gravel)
7-21
Figure 7.9
Flowchart for Approval of Concrete Pouring Permit ...........................
7-22
Figure 7.10 Concrete Pouring Permit Format .......................................................
7-23
Figure 7.11 Materials Quality Control Log Book ...................................................
7-24
Figure 7.12 Flowchart for Preparatory Work to Concrete Paving .........................
7-25
Figure 7.13 Trial Mix for Portland Cement Concrete ............................................
7-25
Figure 7.14 Trial Construction for PCCP ..............................................................
7-26
Figure 7.15 Marshall Stability Testing Equipment .................................................
7-28
Figure 7.16 Determination of Design Asphalt Content ..........................................
7-29
Figure 7.17 PCCP Reinforced with Welded Wire Mesh........................................
7-33
Figure 7.18 Recycling of Concrete Materials ........................................................
7-33
Figure 7.19 Equipment for RCCP .........................................................................
7-34
Figure 7.20 Typical Composition of RCCP ...........................................................
7-34
Figure 8.1
Site Instruction ...................................................................................
8-3
Figure 8.2
Hierarchy of Field Inspection .............................................................
8-6
Figure 8.3
Classification of Pavement by Work Category...................................
8-6
Figure 8.4
Flowchart for Field Inspection ............................................................
8-7
Figure 8.5
Example of Inspection Check Sheet ..................................................
8-9
xii
Figure 8.6
Flowchart for Inspection Request and Approval ................................
8-10
Figure 8.7
Example of Work/Inspection Request................................................
8-11
Figure 9.1
Activities undertaken during completion stage ..................................
9-3
Figure 9.2
Flowchart of Activities Relative to the Issuances of

Certificates of Completion and Acceptance .......................................
9-5
Figure 10.1 Defects Liability and Warranty Periods ..............................................
10-2
Figure 11.1 Asset Management............................................................................
11-1
Figure 11.2 Maintenance Activities on Pavement .................................................
11-3
Figure 11.3 Programming Process (Asset Management System) ........................
11-4
Figure 11.4 Flow of Routine Maintenance Work ...................................................
11-5
Figure 11.5 Budget Allocation Flow ......................................................................
11-8
Figure 11.6 Effects of Overloading on Pavement .................................................
11-11
xiii
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
In behalf of the CWG on Road Manuals Improvement, The Group Leader would like to
thank the TWG members and the regional project managers of pilot regions for their
patience, guidance, words of encouragement and useful critiques which really helped us a lot
in accomplishing this undertaking.
TWG Members:
Dr. Judy F. SESE, Chairperson, OIC-Director, Bureau of Research and Standards
Ms. Carolina S. CANUEL, Fmr. Vice Chairperson, Fmr. Div. Chief, DPD, P/S
Mr. Adriano M. DOROY, Asst. Director, Bureau of Design
Mr. Aristarco M. DOROY, OIC-Asst. Director, Bureau of Construction
Ms. Edna F. MEEZ, OIC-DE, Negros Occidental 4th DEO, DPWH-Region VII
Mr. Felipe S. RAMOS, Fmr. Chief, Technical Services and Evaluation Div., BRS
Mr. Nestor B. CAOILE, OIC-Division Chief, Materials Testing Division, BRS
Regional Project Managers:

Ms. Elsa T. NABOYE, Regional Project Manager, Asst. Chief, QAD, DPWH-CAR
Ms. Ramie B. DOROY, Regional Project Manager, DE, Negros Oriental 1st DEO,
DPWH-Region VII
Ms. Rowena P. JAMITO, Regional Project Manager, Engr. V, MD, RO-XI
Thank you also to the CWG Members for their efforts and collaborations.
CWG Members:
MR. Jay Jenner R. BIARES, Engr. III, CAR; Group Leader
Mr. Elmer R. FIGUEROA, Engr. III, BOC
Mr. Ernante S. ANTONIO, Engr. III, BOM
Ms. Carina B. DIAZ, Engr. III, BOD
Ms. Nenita R. VALENCIA, Former Engr. III, BRS
Mr. Vicente R. VALLE, JR., Engr. IV, DPWH-Region VII
Ms. Aurora M. LACASANDILE, Engr. III, CD, DPWH-Region XI
Finally, we wish to thank our Expert, Mr. Ryoichi Yamasaki, Co-Team Leader, JICA TCP II
and his Asst. Engineer, Mr. Feliciano P. Carpio, for their support and encouragement
throughout this activity.
xiv
ACRONYMS
A
AADT
Annual Average Daily Traffic
AASHTO
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Official
ABC
Approved Budget for the Contract
AC
Asphalt Concrete
ACI
American Concrete Institute
ADB
Asian Development Bank
AIP
Annual Investment Program
AMWP
Annual Maintenance Working Program
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
AWP
Annual Working Program
B
BAC
Bids and Awards Committee
BMS
Bridge Management System
BOC
Bureau of Construction
BOD
Bureau of Design
BOM
Bureau of Maintenance
BOQ
Bill of Quantities
BOT
Built-Operate-Transfer
BQS
Bureau of Quality and Safety
BRS
Bureau of Research and Standards, DPWH
xv
CARBDP
Cotabato Agusan River Basin Development Project
CARP
Comprehensive Agrarian Road Program
CAD
Computer-Aided Design
CARI
Contractors All Risk Insurance
CBR
California Bearing Ratio
CDA
Cooperative Development Authority
CMS
Contract Management System
CNC
Certificate of Non-Coverage
CO
Central Office
COA
Commission on Audit
CPES
Contractors' Performance Evaluation System
CPM
Critical Path Method
CV
Curriculum Vitae
CWG
Counterpart Working Group
D
DAO
DENR Administrative Order
DB
Design-Build
DBB
Design-Bid-Build
DE
District Engineer
DENR
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
DEO
District Engineering Office
DILG
Department of Interior and Local Government
DLP
Defects Liability Period
DO
Department Order
DOTC
Department of Transportation and Communications
DoTS
Documents Tracking System
DPD
Development Planning Division
DPM
DPWH Procurement Manual
DPWH
DTI
Department of Trade and Industry
E
EA
Executing Agency
ECC
Environmental Compliance Certificate
EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment
EMB
Environmental Management Bureau
EMK
Equivalent Maintenance Kilometer
EMP
Environmental Management Plan
eNGAS
Electronic New Government Accounting System
ESAL
Equivalent Single Axle Load
ESIA
Environmental and Social Impact Analysis
ESS
Environmental and Social Screening/Scoping
ESSO
Environmental and Social Safeguards Office
F
FABP
Foreign-Assisted Bridge Program
FCSEC
Flood Control and Sabo Engineering Center
xvi
FDT
Field Density Test
FHWA
Federal Highway Administration
FIDIC
Fdration Internationale Des Ingnieurs-Conseils

(International Federation of Consulting Engineers)
G
GAA
General Appropriations Act
GCC
General Conditions of Contract
GOP
Government of the Philippines
GPPB
Government Procurement Policy Board
GPRA
Government Procurement Reform Act
GVW
Gross Vehicle Weight
H
HDM-4
Highway Development and Management Version 4
HMA
Hot Mix Asphalt
I
ICB
International Competitive Bidding
IEE
Initial Environment Examination
IN
International Expert
IO
Implementing Office
IRI
International Roughness Index
IROW
Infrastructure Right-of-Way
IRR-A
Implementing Rules and Regulations Part A (for locally-funded projects)
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
J
JICA
Japan International Cooperation Agency
JMF
Job Mix Formula
JCC
Joint Coordinating Committee
K
KAMANAVA
Kalookan Malabon Navotas Valenzuela
KEDCF
Korean Economic Development Cooperative Fund
xvii
L
LCB
Local Competitive Bidding
LGU
Local Government Unit
LTO
Land Transportation Office
LTPBM
Long Term Performance-Based Maintenance
LTPBME
Long Term Performance Based Maintenance-cum-Enhancement
M
MBA
Maintenance by Administration (force account)
MBC
Maintenance by Contract-put
MC
Memorandum Circular
MCC
Millennium Challenge Corporation
ME
Materials Engineer
MFCDP
Major Flood Control development Project
MIS
Monitoring and Information Service
MOA
Memorandum of Agreement
MPE
Mount Pinatubo Emergency
MVUC
Motor Vehicle Users Charge/Cost
MYPSS
Multi-Year Programming and Scheduling System
N
N
National Expert
NEDA
National Economic and Development Authority
NGO
Non-Governmental Organization
NRIMP
National Roads Improvement and Management Program
NTP
Notice To Proceed
P
PAGASA
Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration
PAMS
Project Advisory and Management System
PBDs
Philippine Bid Documents
PCAB
Philippine Constructors Accreditation Board
PCC
Portland Cement Concrete
PCCP
Portland Cement Concrete Pavement
PE
Project Engineer
Pert/CPM
Program Evaluation and Review Technique / Critical Path Method
PI
Project Inspector
xviii
PID
Public Information Division
PM
Project Manager
PM/O
Preventive Maintenance/Overlay
PMO
Project Management Office
PNP
Philippine National Police
PPP
Public-Private Partnership
PS
Planning Service
Q
QAD
Quality Assurance Division
QAS
Quality Assurance Section
QAU
Quality Assurance Unit
QCP
Quality Control Program
R
RA
Republic Act
RA 9184
Government Procurement Reform Act of 2003
RATPLAN
Rationalization Plan
RB
Road Board
RBIA
Road and Bridge Information Application
RE
Resident Engineer
REAPMP
Road Enhancement and Asset Preservation Management Program
RH
Rehabilitation
RM
Routine Maintenance
RMMS
Routine Maintenance Management System
RMP
Routine Maintenance Program
RO
Regional Office
ROCOND
Visual Road Condition Rating System
ROW
Right-of-Way
RRNDP
Rural Road Network Development Project
RUPP
Road Upgrading Preservation Project
RWS
Rural Water System
S
SB
Special Buildings
SBD
Standard Bidding Documents
SBP
Special Bridge Project
xix
SCC
Special Conditions of Contract
SEC
Securities and Exchange Commission
SFD
Saudi Fund for Development
SMS
Short Messaging System
T
TARAS
Traffic Accident Recording and Analysis System
TCP
Technical Cooperation Project
TEAM
Traffic Engineering and Management
TOR
Terms of Reference
TWG
Technical Working Group
U
URPO
Urban Roads Project Office
USA
United States of America
V
VDF
Vehicle Damage Factor
VO
Variation Order
W
WB
World Bank
xx
DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

Contract Words
(By) Administration
The procedure by which the implementation of an infrastructure project
is carried out under the administration and supervision of the DPWH
through its own personnel.
Approved Budget for the Contract (ABC)
The budget for the contract duly approved by the Head of the Procuring
Entity.
BAC
The Bids and Awards Committee established in accordance with Article V
of R.A.9184.
Bidding Documents
The documents issued by the DPWH as the basis for Bids, furnishing all
information necessary for a prospective bidder to prepare a bid for the
Goods, Infrastructure Projects, and Consulting Services to be provided.
Bill of Quantities
A list of the specific items of Work and their corresponding quantities,
unit prices, lump sums, and/or provisional sums.
Change Order
A written order issued by the Director to the Contractor, covering changes
in the plans or quantities or both, within or beyond the scope of the
contract and establishing the basis of payment for the work affected by
the changes.
Contract
The contract between the DPWH and the Contractor to execute,
completes, and maintain the Works. It consists of the documents listed
in the GCC and the SCC.
Contract Time Extension
The allowable period for the Contractor to complete the Works in addition
to the original Completion Date stated in this Contract.
Contractor
The juridical entity whose proposal has been accepted by the DPWH and
to whom the Contract to execute the Work was awarded.
xxi
Corrupt, Fraudulent, and Coercive Practices

"Corrupt Practice" means behavior on the part of officials in the public or
private sectors by which they improperly and unlawfully enrich
themselves, others, or induce others to do so, by misusing the position in
which they are placed, and includes the offering, giving, receiving, or
soliciting of anything of value to influence the action of any such official in
the procurement process or in contract execution; entering, on behalf of
the Government, into any contract or transaction manifestly and grossly
disadvantageous to the same, whether or not the public officer profited
or will profit thereby, and similar acts as provided in Republic Act 3019.
"Fraudulent Practice" means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a
procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of
the PROCURING ENTITY, and includes collusive practices among Bidders
(prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at
artificial, non-competitive levels and to deprive the PROCURING ENTITY
of the benefits of free and open competition.
Collusive Practices means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with
or without the knowledge of the PROCURING ENTITY, designed to
establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels.
Coercive Practices means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons,
or their property to influence their participation in a procurement process,
or affect the execution of a contract.
Consulting Services
The services for Infrastructure Projects and other types of projects or
activities of the DPWH requiring adequate external technical and
professional expertise to undertake such as, but not limited to: (i)
advisory and review services; (ii) pre-investment or feasibility studies; (iii)
design; (iv) construction supervision; (v) management and related
services; and (vi) other technical services or special studies.
Day
Calendar days; months are calendar months.
Dayworks
Varied work inputs subject to payment on a time basis for the
Contractors Employees and Equipment, in addition to payments for
associated Materials and Plant.
xxii
Defects Liability Certificate

The certificate issued by the DPWHs Representative upon correction of
defects by the Contractor.
The one year period between project completion and final acceptance
within which the Contractor assumes the responsibility to undertake the
repair of any damage to the Works at his own expenses, aside from his
responsibility under warranty of the Civil Code which is 5 years for
horizontal, and 15 years for vertical.
Drawings (Plans)
The plans, profiles, typical cross sections, working drawings and
supplemental drawings, approved by the Engineer / the PE, or exact
reproductions thereof, which show the location, character, dimensions,
and details of the work. They include all supplementary details, shop
drawings, calculations, and other information provided or approved for
the execution of this Contract.
Engineer
In this Manual, Engineer means a qualified professional appointed or
designated by the Employer (DPWH) to render technical and/or
administrative decision for the purposes of supervising a project. In
DPWH, the hierarchy of command based on delegated authority of
officials/officers is being observed, hence the title Engineer most likely
changes in person of authority depending on the subject matter and its
cost limit from the omnibus levels of authority of DPWH officers and
officials.
Likewise, person appointed by the Contractor to act as Engineer for the
purposes of supervising the project and named in the Special Conditions
of Contract is also known as Engineer of the Contractor.
Environment
Surrounding air, water (both ground and surface), land, flora, fauna,
humans and their interrelations.
Environmental Compliance Certificate
A certificate of Environmental Compliance Commitment to which the
Proponent conforms with, after DENR-EMB explains the ECC conditions,
by
signing
the
sworn
undertaking
of
full
responsibility
over
implementation of specified measures which are necessary to comply

with existing environmental regulations or to operate within best
xxiii
environmental practices that are not currently covered by existing laws. It

is a document issued by the DENR/EMB after a positive review of an ECC
application, certifying that the Proponent has complied with all the
requirements of the EIS System and has committed to implement its
approved Environmental Management Plan. The ECC also provides
guidance to other agencies and to LGUs on EIA findings and
recommendations, which need to be considered in their respective
decision-making process.
Environmentally Critical Area
An environmentally sensitive area declared through Proclamation 2146
wherein significant environmental impacts are expected if certain
types/thresholds of proposed projects are located, developed or
implemented in it. Updating of technical descriptions of ECAs is vested on
the DENR-EMB through Section 2-D of AO 42 (2002).
Environmentally Critical Project
Projects belonging to project types declared through Proclamation No.
2146 and Proclamation No. 803 which may pose significant negative
environmental impact at certain thresholds of operation regardless of
location. Updating of technical descriptions of ECPs is vested on the
DENR-EMB through Section 2-D of AO 42 (2002), in coordination with the
DTI as provided for in Section 3-A of AO 42.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Process that involves evaluating and predicting the likely impacts of a
project (including cumulative impacts) on the environment during
construction, commissioning, operation and abandonment. It also
includes designing appropriate preventive, mitigating and enhancement
measures addressing these consequences to protect the environment
and the communitys welfare.
Environmental Impact Statement
Document, prepared and submitted by the project Proponent and/or EIA
Consultant that serves as an application for an ECC. It is a comprehensive
study of the significant impacts of a project on the environment. It
includes an Environmental
Management
Plan/Program
that
the
Proponent will fund and implement to protect the environment.

Environmental Management Plan/Program
Section in the EIS that details the prevention, mitigation, compensation,
contingency and monitoring measures to enhance positive impacts and
xxiv
minimize negative impacts and risks of a proposed project or undertaking.

For operating projects, the EMP can also be derived from an EMS.
Environmental Management Systems
Refers to the EMB PEPP EMS as provided for under DAO 2003-14, which
is a part of the overall management system of a project or organization
that includes environmental policy, organizational structure, planning
activities,
responsibilities,
practices,
procedures,
processes
and
resources for developing, implementing, achieving, reviewing and

maintaining an improved overall environmental performance.
Environmental Monitoring Fund
Fund that a Proponent shall set up after an ECC is issued for its project or
undertaking, to be used to support the activities of the multi-partite
monitoring team. It shall be immediately accessible and easily
disbursable.
Government Procurement Policy Board
The Government Procurement Policy Board established in accordance
with R.A.9184.
Head of the Procuring Entity
The head of the agency or his duly authorized official, for national
government agencies, or the local chief executive, for local government
units stated in the SCC. Provided that in a department, office or agency
where the procurement is decentralized, the head of each decentralized
unit shall be considered as the Head of the Procuring Entity subject to the
limitations and authority delegated by the head of the department, office
or agency.
IRR
The implementing rules and regulations to be promulgated in accordance
with Section 75 of R.A.9184.
IRR-A
"IRR-A" is promulgated pursuant to Section 74 of Republic Act No. 9184
(R.A. 9184), otherwise known as the Government Procurement Reform
Act (GPRA), for the purpose of prescribing the necessary rules and
regulations for the modernization, standardization, and regulation of the
procurement activities of the government. IRR-A shall cover all fully
domestically funded procurement activities from procurement planning
up to contract implementation and termination.
Negative Slippage
xxv
A delay in work execution occurring when actual accomplishment falls

below the target as measured by the difference between the scheduled
and actual accomplishment of the Work by the Contractor as established
from the work schedule. This is actually described as a percentage of the
whole Works.
Notice to Proceed
Written notice issued by the DPWH to the Contractor requiring the latter
to begin the commencement of the work not later than the specified of
determinable date.
Permanent Works
All permanent structures and all other project features and facilities
required to be constructed and completed in accordance with this
Contract which shall be delivered to the DPWH and which shall remain at
the Site after the removal of all Temporary Works.
Project Engineer
In this Manual, Project Engineer means an Engineer appointed or
designated by the Employer (DPWH) to be responsible for the technical
operation and administrative supervision well-being of one or more
projects assisted by Resident Engineer in each project. The Project
Engineer serves as the link person between project field offices and
Employer (DPWH) Implementing Offices (IOs) or PMOs.
Special Provisions
The specifications prepared for specific terms of work or methods of
construction, measurement and payment under each contract, which are
not covered by the DPWH Standard Specifications.
Specifications
The description of Works to be done and the qualities of materials to be
used, the equipment to be installed and a method of construction.
Subcontractor
Any person or organization Who has subcontracted a part of the works of
the Contractor, as allowed by the DPWH, but not an assignee of such
person/organization.
Temporary Works
Works designed, constructed, installed, and removed by the Contractor
that are needed for construction or installation of the Permanent Works.
Tolerance
The allowable limits of variation from a specified measurement.
xxvi
Unit Prices
These shall be prepared for each contract using costs based on
reasonable approved current prices as projected over the proposed
construction period, divided into local and foreign exchange costs, as the
case may be.
Work(s)
The Permanent Works and Temporary Works to be executed by the
Contractor in accordance with this Contract, including (i) the furnishing of
all labor, materials, equipment and others incidental, necessary or
convenient to the complete execution of the Works; (ii) the passing of
any tests before acceptance by the DPWHs Representative; (iii) and the
carrying out of all duties and obligations of the Contractor imposed in the
Contract.
Engineering Words -- Portland Cement Concrete Pavement
Admixture
A substance other than cement, water or aggregate added to a batch of
fresh concrete to alter one of the normal properties of concrete.
Batching Plant
The plant either on or off the work site where the materials are
assembled by batches for the mixer. Water and admixtures usually are
added as the batch is introduced into the mixer.
Coarse Aggregate
Aggregate which is retained on the No.4 (4.75 mm) sieve.
Contraction Joint
A joint which controls the location of a transverse crack and permits the
slab to contract and expand with changes in temperature.
Dowel or Dowel Bar
A smooth steel bar extending across a concrete joint to transfer the
applied load, prevent future misalignment of the slab and permit
movement at the joint.
Dowel Assembly
A cage or basket used to hold dowels in position during placement of
concrete.
Expansion Joint
A joint adjacent to a bridge or intersection to absorb expansion of
concrete pavement and prevent expansive pressure on the bridge or
intersecting pavement.
xxvii
Joint Sealer
A compound for preventing entrance of water and solid particles into a
joint. The sealer may either be performed or liquid.
Longitudinal Joint
A joint which extends lengthwise in the roadway, parallel to the
centerline.
Segregation
The unintentional separation of the larger pieces of aggregate from the
smaller pieces within one size of aggregate or within a mixture of sizes of
fresh concrete.
Slip-Form Paving
Concrete paving by use of a machine carrying its own forms between
which low slump concrete is compacted sufficiently to retain its shape
after the machine has progressed onward.
Tie Bar
A deformed dowel or hook-bolt placed across longitudinal joints of
concrete pavement near middle depth to tie the slabs together and hold
the joint closed.
Engineering Words -- Asphalt Concrete Pavement Aggregate
Mineral material, such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, slag, or
combinations thereof.
Asphalt Concrete
A mixture of aggregate and asphalt binder (Bitumen).
Asphalt Binder (Bitumen)
A thermoplastic binding material obtained as a residue in the distillation
of petroleum, which may contain additives to enhance performance.
Coarse Aggregate
Aggregate which is retained on the No.4 (4.75 mm) sieve.
Cut Back Asphalt
Asphalt binder which has been rendered fluid by fluxing it with a light
volatile petroleum distillate. Upon exposure to atmospheric conditions,
the volatile distillate evaporates, leaving only the asphalt cement which
reverts to its original semi-solid condition. Cut back asphalts are classified
as rapid curing (RC), medium curing (MC), or slow curing (SC).
Emulsion (Asphalt)
A suspension of extremely small droplets of asphalt in water in the
xxviii
presence of an emulsifying agent, which usually is a type of soap. Upon

exposure to atmospheric conditions, the water evaporates, leaving only
the asphalt cement which has been modified by the emulsifying agent.
Emulsions are classified as rapid setting (RS or CRS), medium setting (MS
or CMS), or slow setting (SS or CSS).
Job Mix Formula (JMF)
The mix composition of an asphalt concrete approved by the Laboratory.
The job mix formula (JMF) of a mix can be generally obtained from
Marshal Stability Test.
Marshall Mix Design
Volumetric mix design procedure used to establish the optimum Asphalt
binder content for an asphalt concrete.
Prime Coat
An application of asphalt material made on the surface of a pavement
layer for the purpose of binding the surface particles together.
Tack Coat
An application of asphalt material made on a pavement surface for the
purpose of bonding the existing course to the overlying course.
xxix
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1 Background
The Department of Public Works and Highway, hereinafter referred to as "DPWH" and
Japan International Cooperation Agency, hereinafter referred to as "JICA", agreed in 2006 to
implement the project for Improvement of Quality Management for Highway and Bridge
Construction and Maintenance, hereinafter called as " Phase I", aiming to enhance the
engineering knowledge of the Engineers of DPWH.
For the implementation of the said project, DPWH organized the Joint Coordinating
Committee, hereinafter called as "JCC", Technical Working Group, hereinafter called as
"TWG" and Counterpart Working group, hereinafter called as "CWG". On its part, JICA
dispatched the JICA Technical Cooperation Project Team, hereinafter referred to as "JICA
TCP Team" from February 2007 to February 2010.
Under Phase I, the following manuals/guidelines were prepared and issued for road
construction and maintenance through the CWG's activities.
*
Guidebook for Road Construction and Maintenance Management in the Republic of

the Philippines,
Road Project Management and Supervision Manual, Volume I: Main Text and
Road Project Management and Supervision Manual, Volume II: Appendices (Standard
Form, Examples and References)
From October 2011 to September 2014, the DPWH and JICA TCP Team -newly
dispatched by JICA - implemented the project for Improvement of Quality Management for
Highway and Bridge Construction and Maintenance, Phase II, hereinafter called as " Phase II"
to aim further enhancement.
This manual, Road Project Management and Supervision Manual, Volume I: Main Text,
Second Edition, was prepared under Phase II through the revision work done by CWG based
on the Road Project Management and Supervision Manual, Volume I: Main Text, 1st Edition
mentioned above.
The Volume I 1st Edition was a revision of the Road Construction Manual which was
published in 1990 and subject to be updated every 5 to 10 years. Thus, it was reviewed and
updated in Phase II.
1.2 Purpose
Engineers of the DPWH concerned with road construction and management are the main
targets of this Manual. The CWG made efforts to make this Manual 2nd Edition easy to
1-1
understand by the Engineers, hence, it would be an effective tool related to the above areas.
1.3 Outline
This Manual serves as reference in order to achieve quality projects within the scheduled
time and budget as specified in the Contract. It includes project management and road
construction supervision information and techniques applicable to both development projects
and maintenance programs as illustrated below. It covers both locally-funded and
foreign-funded projects and programs undertaken by contract and is also useful for
maintenance activities undertaken by Administration - Maintenance by Administration
(MBA), Design-Bid-Build (DBB) and Design-Build (DB) contracts.
Table 1.1
Classifications of Projects and Programs

DPWH Implementing Office
Funding
Foreign-Funded
Projects
(WB, ADB, JICA,
etc.)
Locally-Funded
Projects
(GAA, MVUC, etc.)
Category
Central Office
Development Projects
(New Construction/ Upgrading/
Rehabilitation)
PMOs
BOM
ICB
Projects
ICB
Projects
Maintenance Programs
(Preventive & Routine)
BOC
LCB
Projects
Development Projects
(New Construction/ Upgrading/
Rehabilitation)
LCB
Projects
Maintenance Programs
(Preventive & Routine)
Legend: ICB: International Competitive Bidding,
ROs
DEOs
LCB
Projects
LCB
Projects
LCB
Projects
LCB
Projects
LCB
Projects
LCB: Local Competitive Bidding
The Manual is composed of two (2) volumes: a) Volume I - Main Text and b) Volume II
- Sample Forms and Documents.
1-2
Chapter 2 Contracts and

Guidelines
2.1 Locally-funded Contract
The DPWH conducts the project design thru Force Account or employ Consultants and
procures civil works through bidding. The Contractor executes the project in accordance with
the Contract. This type of contract is called as Design-Bid-Build (DBB) Contract.
2.2 Foreign-funded Contract

The Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA), World Bank (WB) and Asian
Development Bank (ADB) are the major partners of the DPWH in its road sector
development projects. Likewise, with the assistance of the World Bank, the DPWH has
initiated the National Roads Improvement and Management Program (NRIMP) and plans to
further enhance/improve the implementation of said program with the assistance and
cooperation of JICA and ADB . The following are being adopted in the implementation of the
NRIMP:
-
Asset Management Approaches
Long-Term Performance Based Maintenance (LTPBM)
Design-Build (DB) Contract
Value Engineering
2.2.1 Asset Management Approach

The asset management approach is effective for sustainability of road facilities and
services. Asset management can be defined as a comprehensive and structured approach to
the long term management of assets as tools for the efficient and effective delivery of
community benefits or systematic process of effectively maintaining, upgrading and
operating assets, combining engineering principles with sound business practice and
economic rationale. The priority is given to maintenance (preventive and routine
maintenance) of the existing facilities rather than new construction as illustrated in the
following figure:
2-1
Figure 2.1
Asset Management Approach
2.2.2 Long-Term Performance Based Maintenance

The ongoing LTPBM under NRIMP is a contract implementation method applying
performance based specifications. The contractor is responsible for keeping road function and
quality through maintenance for multiple years after construction. Performance characteristics
may include end-result elements such as product strength, bearing capacity, stability, visibility,
and crack-free, as well as more functional requirements such as smoothness, friction, noise
reduction, chip retention, splash, and spray.
Under NRIMP, the contracts will be predominantly of the hybrid type including
rehabilitation and structural overlays with the standard routine and preventive maintenance
(both backlog and performance-based) interventions. Shoulder re-grading, side-slope
maintenance, side and cross drainage structure cleaning and maintenance, and maintenance of
road marking and roadside signs will be part of the performance-based phase. The
rehabilitation, structural overlays and other backlog maintenance items to be undertaken in the
first year of the contract will be paid on an item-rate basis, and the performance-based
component will be paid on a periodic lump-sum basis in relation to specified performance
standards and rectification.
(1)
Scope of LTPBM Contract

The LTPBM projects under the Road Enhancement and Asset Preservation
Management Program (REAPMP) are of a hybrid type, which includes a combination of
rehabilitation, preventive maintenance, backlog maintenance, routine maintenance and
road safety. Scopes of contract are as follows:
2-2
Table 2.1
Rehabilitation
Scope of LTPBM Contract
Reconstruction will be applied to paved road sections which are

assessed to be in bad condition. It also involves restoring them to their
original condition as designed and constructed.
The major works include partial reconstruction, replacement of
shattered concrete pavement slabs and Asphalt Concrete (AC) overlay
(single or 2 layers) on the existing pavement. The works also include
drainage, improvement and slope and scour protection works.
Preventive
Asphalt overlay on paved road sections in fair and poor condition to
Maintenance
improve surface condition and/or strengthening the existing pavement

structures. Thickness of AC overlay will also be planned for roads in
good condition as it is expected to deteriorate and subject to fair
condition during 5-year contract period.
Backlog Maintenance
Restoration of shoulders, reconditioning or provision of new drainage,

and minor improvements such as localized slope protection.
Routine Maintenance
Maintaining the road condition through routine repairs including

pothole patching, sealing of cracks on pavement, shoulder grading,
drainage cleaning, vegetation control, road markings maintenance and
bridge maintenance.
Road Safety
Road safety works include installation of road safety facilities (guard

rails, guide posts, warning and information signs), road marking and
public information.
(2)
Performance Indicators of LTPBM

Performance standards/requirements represent the desired level of performance or
output of the of Long Term Performance-Based Maintenace Enhancement (LTPBME)
road link, in terms of quality, quantity, timeliness and other aspects of the output and
service, against which the actual output will be measured and compared. The objectives
of performance standards/requirements are (a) to satisfy the road users in terms of
accessibility, comfort, travel speed and safety; (b) to minimize the total road system cost,
including cost to road users and the DPWH over the life cycle cost of the assets; and (c)
to minimize environmental impacts. The LTPBME roads should aim to achieve good to
fair conditions only. The following table indicates road condition categories to be
adopted for the LTPBM.
2-3
Table 2.2
Road
Road Condition Category
General condition
Condition
Treatment Measure
New pavement or with slight minor Little or no maintenance required.

defects (pop-outs, map cracking, partial
loss of joint
Good
First signs of cracks (all tight); First utility Needs joint and cracking sealing (routine
patch; moderate scaling in some locations. maintenance).
Moderate to severe scaling/raveling, Needs some partial/full depth repairs
spalling or rutting over 25% of the surface. grinding and/or asphalt overlay to correct
Fair
Moderate settlement, several narrow surface defects.

cracks
Many cracks, open and severely spalled. Needs extensive full depth patching plus
Severe faulting, spalling or rutting. some full slab replacement (for concrete).
Poor
Extensive patching in fair to poor

condition, Moderate settlement
Extensive cracking severely spalled and Needs
Bad
to
rebuild
pavement/total
patched (in poor condition). Severe and reconstruction.

extensive settlements/potholes
Table 2.3
International Roughness Index and Road Condition Category

Surface
Road
Condition
Asphalt Concrete
VIC
Cement Concrete
Gravel
Ranges in
Category
Range
Rep. Value
Range
Rep. Value
Range
Rep. Value
ROCOND
Good
3.0 or less
2.5
4.0 or less
3.5
6.0 or less
5.0
1 to 20
Fair
3.1 to 5.0
4.0
4.1 to 6.0
5.0
6.1 to 9.0
7.5
20.1 to 40
Poor
5.1 to 7.0
6.0
6.1 to 8.0
7.0
9.1 to 12.0
10.0
40.1 to 70
Bad
> 7.0
8.0
> 8.0
9.0
> 12.0
14.0
70.1 to 100
Source: PMS, DPWH
The intervention IRI for the overlay should be defined based on a pavement
deterioration curve reflecting the existing pavement strength and soundness, traffic level
and function of the road. Even if the current road condition is good, it would require PM
if it accommodates heavy truck traffic. The following table shows typical intervention
pattern on LTPBM Road.
2-4
Table 2.4
Typical Intervention Pattern on LTPBM
Year
1
2
3
4
1
Fair
Good
Good
Fair*
RM*2
PM
RM
RM
Fair
Fair
Fair
Good
Good
RM
RM
PM
RM
Good
Fair
Fair
Fair
RM
RM
RM
PM
Fair
Good
Good
Good
Fair
PM
RM
RM
RM
Poor
Good
Good
Good
Poor
RH
RM
RM
RM
Bad
Good
Good
Good
Bad
RH
RM
RM
RM
1
* : Road Condition Category, Good, Fair, Poor and Bad
*2: Corresponding Rehabilitation and Maintenance Work
(RH: Rehabilitation, PM/O: Preventive Maintenance/Overlay,
RM: Routine Maintenance)
Road
Condition
(3)
5
Good
RM
Good
RM
Good
RM
Fair
RM
Fair
RM
Fair
RM
Design-Build (DB) Contract

The DPWH has recently introduced DB contract under the WB-financed NRIMP-I and II
and will be enhanced under the road sector projects financed by JICA and ADB. The above
LTPBM is a new project implementation scheme combined with the DB method as it is able
to give the design and construction responsibility to the Design-Build Contractor. The
preliminary design is still required for defining the project concept and cost for the DB
contract bidding.
Many highway agencies have been experimenting with a wide variety of innovative
project delivery strategies aimed at lowering the costs and time to produce highway
construction and rehabilitation projects while maintaining or improving project quality. One
of these strategies is the DB project delivery. DB is a method of project delivery in which the
design and construction phases of a project are combined into one contract, usually awarded
on either a low bid or best-value basis. This is in contrast to the more traditional
Design-Bid-Build (DBB)1 approach having been used in the DPWH that outsourced project
design work, or conducted it by own administrative force. The two different contracting
efforts must be undertaken in sequence to procure architecture/engineering services.
1 Design-Bid-Build: The DPWH conducts design of road project by Force Account or employing Consultant at
first and procures civil works contractor through bidding. After that, the Contractor executes the project in
accordance with the contract.
2-5
Section 17.6 of the Implementing Rules and Regulations - Part A (IRR-A) of Republic
Act 9184 recognizes the use of design and build scheme in the procurement of infrastructure
projects. The following table shows the general advantages and disadvantages of
Design-Build Contract.
Table 2.5
Advantages and Disadvantages of Design-Built Contract

Advantages
Disadvantages
One Contractor bears all risks and -
Too much discretion given to Contractor
responsibilities
Difficulty in predicting the final cost
Reduced design and construction periods -
The end result may not exactly be in
and final project cost
accordance with what the procuring
Assured quality of the structure
entity required
Source: Government Procurement Policy Board (GPPB)
The following figure shows sequence of project delivery activity by Contract Approaches,
DBB and DB. It is generally said that the DB approach could save overall project
implementation time compared with conventional DBB approach.
Design-Build Scheme
Concept Preliminary Select
Planning
DesignDesign
Builder
Final Project Design

& Clearances
Construction
Extensive Contractor
Input
Minimal to Extensive
Contractor Input
Design-Build Associated
Time Savings
Design-Bid-Build Scheme
Concept Select
Preliminary
Planning Designer
Design
Final Project Design

& Clearances
Select
Contractor
Minimal Contractor
Input
Construction
Extensive Contractor
Input
Source: GPPB
Figure 2.2
(4)
2-6
Sequence of Project Delivery
Value Engineering
Value Engineering is defined as the systematic application of recognized techniques by a

multi-disciplined team to identify the function of a product or service, establish a worth for
that function, generate alternatives through the use of creative thinking, and provide the
needed functions to accomplish the original purpose of the project, reliably, and at the lowest
life-cycle cost without sacrificing safety, necessary quality, and environmental attributes of the
project.
More simply, it is defined as
Value = Function / Cost
Value Engineering is a tool applicable in various stages of project development such as

functional analysis, feasibility study and evaluation matrix (multi-criteria matrix). This is
more effective in large and/or complicated projects but not for simple and small projects.
2.3 Guidelines, Manuals and Practices

2.3.1 Basic Guidelines and Manuals
The relations of basic guidelines for procurement and project implementation for the
road infrastructures under the DPWH are illustrated in the following figure:
Handbook on Philippine
Government
Procurement (R.A.9184
and Amended IRR-A of
R.A.9184 )_Y2007
Republic Act (R.A.) 9184_Y2003
Implementing Rule
and Regulations
Part A (IRR-A) of
R.A.9184 for
Locally-funded
Projects_Y2004
Implementing Rule
and Regulations
Part B (IRR-B) of
R.A.9184 for
Foreign-funded
Proejcts
Philippine Bidding Documents (PBDs)

Part II_Y2005
DPWH Procurement
Manual (DPM) for
Locally-funded projects,
Volume III _Y2006
Locally-funded Projects
Figure 2.3
Loan Agreement
and Procurement
Guide Lines of
Funding Bank or
Agency
FIDIC Harmonized
Edition for the
Multilateral
Development
Banks
(MDB)_Y2006
Foreign-funded Projects
Procurement and Contract Guidelines
The category, name of the documents, version (year issued) and issuing
agency/organization, to be used for the road and bridge projects of DPWH in this manual are
2-7
shown in the following table:

Table 2.6
Category
Procurement
Construction
Contract
Design
Guidelines
and Drawings
Reference Guidelines and Manuals
Name of Documents
Issued by
Year Issued
Remarks
Government Procurement (R.A.9184
and Amended IRR-A of R.A.9184)
GPPB
Sep. 2007
IRR-A is for domesticallyfunded procurement.

IRR-B is for foreign- funded
procurement but still under draft
Included Standard Bidding
Forms and Bidding Documents
DPWH Procurement Manual for

Locally- Funded Infrastructure
Projects through Public Bidding
Conditions of Contract for
Construction for Building and
Engineering Works designed by the
Employer (The MDB Construction
Contract)
Conditions of Contract for Design,
Build and Operate Projects
GCC-Philippine Bid Documents
(PBDs)
Standard Specifications 2013,
Volume II, Highways, Bridges and
Airports (Blue Book)
Volume I&II, Design Guidelines,
Criteria and Standards (Red Book).
Part 1: Survey and Investigation, Part
2: Hydraulic Design, Part 3:Highway
Design and Part 4: Bridge Design
Technical Standard and Guidelines
for Planning and Design, Volume
1-Flood Control, Volume 3-Erosion
& Sediments Control, Volume
4-Natural Slope Failure
Countermeasures
Guide I - Risk Management, Guide
II Inventory Survey and Risk
Assessment and Guide III Road
Slope Protection
Standard Drawings for Roads and
Bridges
DPWH
Jan. 2006
FIDIC
Mar. 2007
World Bank and ADB still use

1987/1992 or 1999 edition
Construction Contract (Red
Book)
FIDIC
2007 Edition
GPPB
May 2005
Revision to 1999 Design-Build

Conditions of Contract
Part II, Section III-GCC
DPWH
2013
DPWH
1989
PMO-FCSEC
& JICA
2003
JICA
2007
DPWH
1989
Under review by BOD/DPWH
Under Review by BOD/DPWH
2.3.2 Standard Procurement and Implementation Guidelines

Republic Act 9184 and the following guidelines shall govern the procurement and
implementing contracts for government procurements:
2-8
Table 2.7
Guidelines
1.
DPWH Procurement Manuals
Content
Remarks
Includes amended IRR-A of R.A. 9184 Subject to
Government Procurement (4th
and Latest GPPB3 issuances
updating.
Concerned
Edition)
Office: *BAC
2.
Philippine Bid Documents(PBDs), Bid procedures and practices of R.A.
Subject to
Procurement of Works, 2nd
updating
9184, harmonized with ADB, JICA
Edition
and WB
Concerned
Office: *BAC
3.
4.
Procurement Guidelines, Manuals,
Subject to
Locally-funded Infrastructure
Standard Forms, Standard Bid
updating
Project through Public Bidding
Documents in compliance with IRR-A
Concerned
of R.A.9184
Office: *BAC
Procurement Guidelines for Goods in
Subject to
Goods through Public Bidding
compliance with IRR-A of R.A. 9184
updating
Concerned
Office: *BAC
*DPWH Bids and Awards Committee (BAC)
Input
for Procurement of Goods
(Volume II)
Figure 2.4
DPWH Procurement Manuals Cover Pages
The above Philippine Bid Documents (PBDs) include unchanged provisions in Section II
- Eligibility Documents of Part I; and Section I - Instructions to Bidders and Section III General Conditions of Contract of Part II. Data and provisions specific to each procurement
2 As defined by Federal Highway Administration (FHA), USA

3 GPPB: Government Procurement Policy Board
4 In case of International Competitive Bidding (ICB) funded by ADB, JICA or WB, the use of the respective
standard bid documents of these banks shall be required.
2-9
and contract should be included in the Section III - Eligibility Data Sheet of Part I, Section II Bid Data Sheet, and Section IV - Special Conditions of Contract of Part II.
The DPWH Procurement Manual is the specific manual complying with IRR-A of
R.A.9184 but suit the particular needs of the DPWH. The Manual shall be applied to the
entire DPWH organizations, including Central, Regional, District Engineering and other
offices. Volume 2 shall be used for goods, Volume 3 for infrastructure projects and Volume 4
for consulting services.
2.3.3 International Standard Practices

The Construction Contract of International Federation of Consulting Engineers (FIDIC) also known as Red Book - has been adopted as standard contract documents for building and
engineering works designed by the Employer or by his representative (the Engineer) for
international contracts.
The Federation produced the Harmonized Edition for the Multilateral Development
Banks (MDB) 5, including Word Bank and Asian Development Bank, in 1999 of which the
latest edition was released in March 2006. This MDB Harmonized Edition also includes
sample forms for Contract Data, Securities, Bonds, Guarantees and Dispute Board
agreements.
In general, this harmonized document follows earlier FIDIC risk sharing principles for
the type of contract for which they were prepared. In most cases, the amendments which have
been made to produce the MDB Harmonized Edition of the FIDIC General Conditions of
Contract for Construction are those arising from the requirements of the MDB.
For projects, including JICA-financed projects, that are not participating in the MDB,
FIDIC Conditions of Contact for Works of Civil Engineering Construction (4th Edition of
1987, reprinted 1992) or FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction 1999 (1st Edition)
should be used for construction of such works where tenders are invited on an international
basis. The 1999 version is based on more equal right and risk sharing between the Employer
and the Contractor.
The Conditions, subject to minor modifications with the Special Conditions, may also be
applicable for domestic contracts financed by WB, ADB and JICA. The FIDIC documents are
comprised of Part I - General Conditions with forms and agreement and Part II Condition of
Particular Applications with guidelines for the preparation of Part II clauses.
5 FIDIC Harmonized Edition for the MDB (2006) is downloadable from the Home Page of FIDIC and the
World Bank. The MDB members are WB, ADB, African Development Bank, Black Sea Trade and Development
Bank, Caribbean Development Bank, European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, Inter-American
Development Bank, Islamic Bank for Development Bank and Nordic Development Fund.
2 - 10
It should be noted that either FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Design, Build and
Operate Projects 2007 or MDB Harmonized Edition Conditions for Construction is applicable
to design-build contracts.
FIDIC MDB Harmonized Edition Conditions of

Contract
Figure 2.5
FIDIC 1987/1992 Conditions of Contract
FIDIC Conditions of Contract Cover Pages
2.3.4 Standard Practices of DPWH

(1)
Procurement methods of Contractors for foreign-funded projects and programs are
specified in the Loan Agreement and/or in the Minutes of Discussion between these
development partners and DPWH, or in the procurement guideline of each bank or
agency.
Procurement methods are as follows:
*
Procurement through International Competitive Bidding
Procurement through Local Competitive Bidding
Negotiated contracts
Conditions of Contract for the ICB projects funded by these international banks
shall follow FIDIC Contract Conditions as agreed by funding agencies. The General
Conditions (GC) of projects is recopying of Clauses in the FIDIC GC but adjustments or
modifications shall be made to meet the requirements in R.A.9184 as far as it is not
contradicting with the agreement of the funding banks. The GCs is comprised of 20
clauses, sub-clauses and appendices. Disputed Board in the case of MDB Harmonized
Edition March, 2006.
Under foreign-funded projects, the Employer is the DPWH represented by the
Secretary or Undersecretary (signatory of the subject Contract) in general. The Engineer
is the Consultant employed by DPWH and notified in the Contract Data of civil works in
2 - 11
the bid documents.

In general practice of the DPWH, the Employers representative is the Director of
Project Management Office (PMO) or the Project Manager appointed by the PMO and
stationed at site. The Engineers representative is the Project Manager (or Resident
Engineer) assigned by the Consultant and approved by the Employer. The Contractors
representative is the Project Manager (or Superintendent) nominated by the Contractor
and approved by the Engineer and/or the Employers representative.
In the FIDIC General Conditions of Contract (GCC), Subcontractor means any
person named in the Contract as a subcontractor, or any person appointed as a
subcontractor, for a part of the Works, and the legal successors of the authorized
Contractor.
The Conditions of Contract for LCB projects funded by these international banks
will be the same or similar to locally-funded projects as long as these are not
contradicting loan agreement and procurement guidelines.
(2)
All Government procurement shall be governed by principles of transparency,
competitiveness, streamlined procurement process, accountability and public monitoring
in accordance with R.A.9184 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations - Part A.
The IRR-A is promulgated pursuant to Section 75 of R.A. 9184 for the purpose of
prescribing the necessary rules and regulations for the modernization, standardization,
and regulation of the procurement activities of the government. This IRR-A shall cover
all locally funded procurement activities from procurement, planning up to contract
implementation and termination.
The DPWH Procurement Manual (DPM) for locally-funded infrastructure projects
through public bidding was approved by GPPB in January 2006and comprised of:
Volume I:
Guidelines on the Establishment of Procurement System and

Organizations in the DPWH
Volume II:
Guidelines on Goods
Volume III:
DPWH Manual of Procedures for the Procurement of Locally-funded

Infrastructure Projects through Public Bidding
Annex A
Standard Forms
Annex B
Standard Bid Documents
The following table shows a comparison of the General Conditions of Contract

between FIDIC and Section III,Part II of Philippine Bid Documents from which the GCC
of DPWH has originated.
2 - 12
Table 2.8 Comparison of GCC between FIDIC and DPWH Conditions of Contract
FIDIC General Conditions
(MDB Harmonized Edition 2006)
Clause
No
Clause Title
General Provisions
The Employer
3
4
The Engineer
The Contractor
5
6
7
Nominated Subcontractors
Staff and Labour
Plant, Materials and
Workmanship
Commencement, Delays and
Suspension
9
10
11
Tests on Completion
Employers Taking Over
Defects Liability
12
13
Measurement and Evaluation

Variation and Adjustments
14
Contract Price and Payment
15
Termination by Employer
16
Suspension and Termination by

Contractor
Risk and Responsibility
Insurance
Force Majeure
Claims, Disputes and Arbitration
17
18
19
20
Philippine Bid Documents ,

Section III/Part II, GCC* and DPWH GCC*
Section No. and Section Title
1. Definitions
4. Communications
2. Interpretation
5. Possession of Site
3. Governing Language and Law
10. Site Investigation Reports
11. Site Investigation Reports
13. PROCURING ENTITYs Risk 6
22. PROCURING ENTITYs Representatives Decisions
23. Approval of Drawings and Temporary Works by the PROCURING
ENTITYs Representative
33. Instructions, Inspections and Audits
6. The Contractors Obligations
7. Performance Security
12. Contractors Risk and Warranty Security
8. Sub-Contracting
9. Liquidated Damages
24. Acceleration and Delays
Ordered by the PROCURING
ENTITYs Representative
25. Extension of the Intended
Completion Date
29. Early Warning

30. Program of Work
31. Management Conferences
43. Contract Completion
44. Suspension of Work
46. Extension of Contract Time
48. Completion
49. Taking Over

34. Identifying Defects
35. Cost of Repairs
36. Correction of Defects
37. Uncorrected Defects
26. Right to Vary
28. Dayworks
42. Variation Orders
32. Bill of Quantities
40. Payment Certificates
38. Advance Payment
41. Retention
39. Progress Payments
47. Price Adjustment
16. Termination for Default of PROCURING ENTITY
18. Procedures for Termination of Contracts
45. Payment on Termination
15. Termination for Default of Contractor
17. Termination for Other Causes
14. Insurance
19. Force Majeure, Release from Performance
20. Resolution of Disputes
27. Right to Vary
21. Suspension of Loan, Credit, Grant, or Appropriation
50. Operating and Maintenance Manuals
* The same GCC in PBDs and DPM/DPWH.
6 PROCURING ENTITY is the DPWH in the DPWH contracts.
2 - 13
(3)
Design-Build Projects
The DB Contract for infrastructure projects is a new scheme in the Philippines and
should be implemented in accordance with the Guidelines and Standards for the
Procurement and Implementation of Contracts for Design and Build Infrastructure
Projects under IRR-A of RA 9184.
2 - 14
Chapter 3
Implementing
Organizations and
Role of Entities
3.1 Organization of Central Office

The DPWH is one of the three departments of the government undertaking major
infrastructure projects. The DPWH is mandated to undertake (a) the planning of infrastructure,
such as roads and bridges, flood control, water resources projects and other public works, and
(b) the design, construction, and maintenance of national roads and bridges, major flood
control systems and other infrastructure projects. The DPWH functions as the engineering and
construction arm of the Government and responsible for the planning, design, construction
and maintenance of infrastructure, especially the national highways, flood control and water
resources development system, and other public works in accordance with national
development objectives.
The DPWH has its Central Office (CO) at Manila and 16 Regional Offices (ROs) and
182 District Engineering Offices (DEOs) throughout the country. Figure 3.1 illustrates the
organizational chart of DPWH CO as of October, 2013.
The Bureaus and Offices which are directly administrating and implementing projects as
representative of the DPWH or which are providing major support services for the project
implementation are shown in Table 3.1.
The actual implementation of projects shall be done by the concerned DEO including the
projects that are bid out and contracted by the ROs in accordance with applicable approved
Department orders (DO 24, Series of 2007 Re: Amended Omnibus Levels of Authorities of
Official of the DPWH and further amendments).
3-1
3-2
Design Management
Division
Building Division
Bridge Division
Highways Division
Surveys and
Investigation Division
Water Project Division
Bureau of Design
Supply and Property

Management Division
Facilities Maintenance
Division
Human Resource
Management Division
Capacity Development
Division
Cash Division
Human Resource and

Administrative
Service
Construction Support
Services Division
Project Monitoring
Division
Pre-Construction
Division
Claims Review Division
Bureau of
Construction
Management Division
Accounting Division
Budget Division
Financial and
Management Servise
Figure 3.1
Road Condition
Monitoring and
Evaluation Division
Policies and Standards
Division
National Building
Services Division
Safety and Disaster
Management
Coordination Division
Bureau of
Maintenance
Environmental and
Social Safeguards
Division
Statistic Division
Development Planning
Division
Project Preparation
Division
Programming Division
Planning Service
Stakeholders Affairs
Division
Public Informations
Division
Equipment Planning
Division
Equipment Operation
and Maintenance
Division
Floating Equipment
Division
Bureau of
Equipment
Internal Audit Service

Operations Audit Division
Management Audit Division
Research and
Development Division
Standards
Development Division
Materials Testing
Division
Technical Services
Division
Bureau of
Research and
Standards
Project Development
Division
Project Implementation
Supervision Division
Project Operation and
Maintenance
Management Division
Public-Private
Partnership Service
Consultancy Services
Division
Goods and Services
Division
Civil Works Division
Procurement
Service
Quality Systems
Analyst Division
Quality Compliance
Division
Road Safety Program
Division
Traffic Engineering
Division
Bureau of
Quality and Safety
Project Managers' Pool

Road Management Division (Multilateral)
Road Management Division (Bilateral)
Bridge Management Division
Flood Control Management Division
Building and Special Projects
Management Division
Unified Project Management Office
Stakeholders
Relations Service
Organizational Chart of DPWH CO
District
Engineering
Offices (182)
Application Support
Division
Technology Support
Division
Business Innovation
Division
User Support Division
Information
Management Service
Regional
Offices (16)
Legislative Affairs and

Research Division
Right-of-Way
Acquisition and
Enforcement Division
Contract Letting and
Litigation Division
Internal Affairs Division
Legal Service
Office of the Secretary
Table 3.1
Project
Bureaus' Roles and Functions
Bureau/Office
Role / Function
Bureau of Construction
Technical Service on Development projects (New
Implementation
Construction, Up-grading and Rehabilitation)

and Implementation
Bureau of Maintenance
Technical Service on Maintenance

projects/programs
(Preventive Maintenance, Backlog Maintenance,
Routine Maintenance and Emergency
Maintenance)
Project Management
Implementation of Foreign-funded development
Office
projects (New Construction, Up-grading and

Rehabilitation)*
Bureau of Quality and
Implements policies for the purpose of ensuring
Safety
the safety of all infrastructure facilities, securing

the highest quality in construction.
Implementation
Planning Service
Technical services relating to public works and
Support
highways infrastructure, planning, programming
Services
and project development.

Bureau of Research and
Identification of the appropriate standards to be
Standards
used and provision of guidelines and standards.
Bureau of Design
Supervises and review the results of field surveys.

Review and evaluate the preparation of schemes,
designs, specifications, estimates, tender contract
documents.
*PMO is currently undertaking some locally-funded projects.
3.1.1 Bureau of Construction (BOC)

The BOC reviews, evaluate programs, estimates, contracts, progress reports of the
DPWH projects, as well as inspects, checks and monitor construction projects of the DPWH
implementing offices and other agencies. The BOC has four (4) divisions per approved
RATPLAN, namely: 1) Pre-construction, 2) Claims Review, 3) Construction Support Services,
and 4) Project Monitoring. The BOC also implements projects beyond the limit of authority of
the Regional Director with prior approval of the Secretary of DPWH.
3-3
Figure 3.2
Organizational Chart of BOC
The BOC provides technical services on construction works in accordance with DO No.
95, Series of 20031 Re: Responsibilities of BOC and BOM, as follows:
*
Formulate policies relating to construction and contract management;
Review and evaluate construction programs, estimates and other contract documents;
Inspect, check and monitor construction works supervision activities of field

implementing offices to ensure that such activities are conducted in accordance with
the DPWH standards and guidelines; and
Provide special support to implementing field offices on construction management and

contract administration.
Latest issuance shall prevail.
3-4
3.1.2 Bureau of Maintenance (BOM)

The BOM is primarily tasked with the maintenance of the nation's infrastructures and
also engaged in the continuous upgrading of the technical skill of its personnel through the
conduct of relevant technical courses and seminars. Field inspections are also conducted to
effectively monitor maintenance activities of the Regional and District offices.
Figure 3.3
Organizational Chart of BOM
The BOM provides technical services on the maintenance and repair of infrastructure
and facilities in accordance with DO No. 95 Series of 2003 Re: Responsibilities of BOC and
BOM, as follows:
*
Formulate policies relating to maintenance of infrastructure and facilities;
Review and evaluate maintenance programs, estimate and other contract documents;
Inspect, check and monitor maintenance activities of field implementing offices to

ensure that such activities are conducted in accordance with the DPWH standards and
3-5
guidelines; and
*
Provide special support to implementing field offices on maintenance management

and contract administration.
3.1.3 Project Management Office (PMO)*

The five (5) specialized clusters and the PMOs to be absorbed by each cluster are as
follows:
(1)
Bridges Management Cluster

-
Foreign-Assisted Bridge Program (FABP-PMO)
Special Bridge Project (SBP-PMO)
(2)
Flood Control Management Custer

-
Kalookan Malabon Navotas Valenzuela (KAMANAVA-PMO)
Major Flood Control Development Project 1 (MFCDP 1-PMO)
Major Flood Control Development Project 2 (MFCDP 2-PMO to include Laoag &
Agno)
Cotabato Agusan River Basin Development Project (CARBDP-PMO)
Mt. Pinatubo Emergency (MPE-PMO)
Flood Control Sabo and Engineering Center (FCSEC-PMO)
(3)
Roads Management Cluster 1 (Bilateral)

-
Road
Upgrading
Preservation
Project
-Philippine
Japan
Highway
Loan
(RUPP/PJHL-PMO
-
Saudi Fund for Development (SFD-PMO)
Rural Road Network Development Project (RRNDP-PMO)
(4)
Roads Management Cluster 2 (Bilateral)

-
Asian Development Bank (ADB-PMO)
National Road Improvement and Management (NRIM-PMO)
Millenium Challenge Corporation(MCC-PMO)
Korean Economic Development Cooperation Fund (KEDCF-PMO)
Urban Road Project Office (URPO-PMO)
(5)
Buildings and Special Projects Management Cluster (with National Building

Code Development Component)
-
Special Buildings (SB-PMO)
Comprehensive Agrarian Road Program/Rural Water System (CARP/RWS-PMO)
* As per DO No. 87, Series of 2013.
3-6
Other PMOs not included in the above clustering are as follows:

1.
The PMO for Build-Operate and Transfer (BOT) is elevated into the Public-Private
Partnership (PPP) under the approved RATPLAN.
2.
The functions of the PMO for Traffic Engineering and Management (TEAM) are
transferred to the newly created Bureau of Quality and Safety (BQS).
3.
The functions of the PMO for Feasibility Studies are being subsumed under the Project
Preparation Division, Planning Service.
3.1.4 Planning Service (PS)

The PS provides technical services relating to public works and highways infrastructure,
planning, programming and project development. Also provides technical assistance, support
and coordination with other offices/agencies on matters relating to public works and highways,
planning, programming and project development. The PS has four (4) divisions namely, 1)
Programming Division (PD) ;2) Development Planning Division (DPD); 3) Infrastructure,
Planning, Research and Statistics Division(IPRSD); and 4) Environmental, Social and
Safeguard Office (ESSO).
3-7
Figure 3.4
3-8
Organizational Chart of PS
3.1.5 Bureau of Research and Standards (BRS)

The BRS functions as follows:
*
Conduct or sponsor technical research on conventional and marginal construction

materials for roads, bridges, water resources and buildings to advance technology;
Coordinate and establish linkages with academe and other institutions on research and
development;
Generate and souce funds for research and development activities;
Evaluate new construction materials/products/technologies introduced to government

infranstructure projects including construction of pilot trials;
Promote, publish and disseminate technical publications and sponsor technical

symposia;
Assist all DPWH testing laboratories on their materials testing requirements including
assessment and development of their capabilities and laboratory facilities;
Formulate and recommend guidelines, standards, criteria and systems on new

technologies for construction, rehabilitation, maintenance and improvement of all
public works and highways;
Provide DPWH and its implementing office with technical assistance related to
geotechnical engineering, field test requirements and other related technical services;
Accredit DPWH professionals, private testing laboratories, and other private firms and
facilities engaged in DPWH projects and monitor compliance with accreditation
requirements of Department; and
Coordinate with other government agencies relative to the conduct of geologic hazard
mapping activities.
3-9
Figure 3.5
Organizational Chart of BRS
3.1.6 Bureau of Design (BOD)

The BOD conducts and supervises and/or review the results of field surveys for
highways, bridges, flood control and water resources development systems, and other public
works projects, including aerial, hydrographic, topographic, geotechnical and other
investigations. It also conducts, supervises and/or reviews and evaluates the preparation of
schemes, designs, specifications, estimates, tender contract documents covering architectural,
structural, mechanical, electrical and other technical design aspects of highways, bridges,
flood control and other public works projects of the DPWH and other agencies in accordance
with current design standards, guidelines and specifications.
The BOD provides technical assistance in the procurement and selection of firms or
entities that shall undertake consultancy services for the conduct of detailed design of public
works projects through participation in the technical evaluation aspects of the bidding/award
process.
3 - 10
3 - 11
Hydrology
Section
Flood Control
& Urban
Drainage
Section
Water Supply
& Coastal
Facilities
Section
Geotechnical
Section
Geology
Section
Water Project
Division
Engineering
Surveys
Section
Surveys and
Investigation
Division
Figure 3.6
Substructure
Section
Superstructure
Section
Bridge
Hydraulics
Section
Bridges
Division
Organizational Chart of BOD
Pavement
Section
Highway
Drainage &
Slope Protection
Section
Geometric
Section
Highways
Division
Office of the Director
Office of the Director
Mechanical &
Electrical
Section
Structural
Section
Architectural
& Sanitary
Plumbing
Section
Buildings
Division
Design
Policies &
Standards
Development
Section
Design
Compliance
Monitoring
& Evaluation
Section
Design
Management
Division
3.1.7 Bureau of Quality and Safety (BQS)

To formulate and implement policies for the purpose of ensuring the safety of all
infrastructure facilities, securing the highest efficiency and quality in construction through
checking of compliance with approved plans and specifications, and establish and implement
traffic engineering policies through analysis and evaluation of traffic data.
Figure 3.7
3 - 12
Organizational Chart of BQS
3.2 Organizations of RO and DEO

Sixteen (16) ROs and 182 DEOs under four (4) Undersecretaries administrate and
manage infrastructure projects of the DPWH throughout the country
These ROs and DEOs are responsible for the management, construction supervision and
maintenance of the national roads under their administration. The RO is headed by the
Regional Director while the DEO by the District Engineer. The RO and the DEO shall be
responsible for planning and implementation of the project within the following limit in
accordance with DO No. 24, Series of 2007.
Table 3.2
Limits of Authority
Office
Regional Director
Limit
Approval of program of works and agency estimate,
conduct public bidding, approve contracts costing up to
P200M*
District Engineer
Approval of program of works and agency estimate,

conduct public bidding, approve contracts costing up to
P50M*
*As per Memorandum Order dated January 26, 2009
Moreover, the ROs can implement a project exceeding the above limit if there are no
appropriate PMOs with prior approval of authority by the Secretary.
Figures 3.8 and 3.9 show typical organizational charts of RO and DEO, respectively.
3 - 13
Organizational Chart of RO
Figure 3.8
3 - 14
Figure 3.9
Organizational Chart of DEO
3 - 15
3.3 Organizations for Construction Supervisions

3.3.1 For Foreign-funded Projects through International Competitive Bidding
(ICB)
(1)
Employment of Consultants for Construction Supervision

The DPWH shall employ Consultants for construction supervision in accordance
with the Terms of Reference (TOR) and in consonance with the project appraisal
mission of development partners. The DPWH awards contract for consultancy services,
including staff assignment, in accordance with the proposal submitted by the Consultant
and evaluated by the DPWH.
The typical staff assignment schedule and organizational chart for the construction
supervision of a a foreign-funded project are shown in Figures 3.9 and 3.10, respectively.
POSITION
NAME
FIRM
Man-Months
2005
2006
for
A S O N D J F MAM J J A S O N D J F MAM J J A S O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Construction
Construction Period 720 days (24 months)
Final
Acceptance
Supervision
Stage
A. International (Key Staff)

1. Project Manager
25.00
2. Sr. Highway Engineer
e
pl
am
Ex
3. Sr. Structural Engineer

4.
Geotechnical Engineer for Slope

Protection Works
Sub-Total
11.00
8.00
1.00
45.00
B. National (Key Staff)

1. Deputy Project Manager
25.00
2. Sr. Highway Engineer
10.00
3. Quantity / Sr. Cost Engineer
24.00
4. Materials Engineer
20.00
Sub-Total
79.00
C. National (Support Staff)

Civil Engineer / Inspector A
(road)
Civil Engineer / Inspector B
2.
(structures)
Civil Engineer / Quantity
3.
Surveyor
1.
24.00
16.00
24.00
4. CAD Operator
6.00
5. Secretary
25.00
6. Encoder
12.00
7. Utility-man / Messenger
25.00
132.00
256.00
Sub-Total
Total
Pre-construction Stage
Supervision Stage
Assignment of International Consultants
Assignment of National Consultants
Issuance of Notice to Proceed
LEGEND:
Source: PJHL/DPWH
Figure 3.10
Typical Assignment Schedules of Consultants
The Consultant shall employ technical support staff (Inspectors, Laboratory

Technicians, CAD Operators) and administrative staff (Secretary, Encoder and Office
3 - 16
Source: PJHL/DPWH
Figure 3.11
- Material Engineer
- Laboratory Technician A
- Laboratory Technician B
- Laboratory Aides ( x 4)
- Clerk Typist / Encoder ( x 1)
- Labor / Utility Man (x 3)
LABORATORY OPERATION TEAM
For: - All materials

- Quality control
- Field subsoil
investigations
Materials Engineer
- Secretary
- Encoder
- CAD Operator
- Utility-man / Messenger
ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORTING STAFF
JICA
For:
Drawings
& design check
assistance
- Civil Engineer Aide A

- CAD Operator
e
pl
- Civil Engineer Aide B
SURVEY STAFF / AIDE
Civil Engineer /
Quantity Surveyor
Sr. Quantity /Cost Eng.
am
Ex
Sr. Structural Engineer
For: - All cost and quantities

- PCCP Construction
- Miscellaneous
and Minor Structures
SURVEY STAFF / AIDE
Civil Engineer / Inspector B
For:
- All bridges
- Major Damaged Areas
For: PCCP, ACP

For: Bridges
Note: Short-term experts
Sr. Highway Engineer
Sr.Engineer In Charge of
Bridges/Major Structures
For:
- Overall construction
supervision
- Project safety & EMP
For overall project management
DPWH Regional Office

(Region VII)
LEGEND
DPWH / PMO
Foreign Consultant
Local Consultant
Local Consultant
From Contractor
For: Major duties and
works in charge
(
) Name to be filled
Typical Organizational Chart of Consultants for Construction Supervision
- Geodetic Engineer
- Instrument Man A
- Instrument Man B
- Survey Aides ( x 4)
- Rodman ( x 2)
- Labor (x 2)
SURVEY TEAM
Civil Engineer / Inspector A
For: - Alignment
- Drainages
- PCCP, ACP
- All formation levels
& dimensions check
Sr. Highway Engineer
Deputy Project
Manager
/ Resident Engineer
Project Manager
PM/PE
PJHL-PMO
(Director)
DPWH Head Office
Assistant) for the construction supervision and office operation in accordance with the
contract with the Employer. The Consultant will control and utilize survey and laboratory
supplies in accordance with civil works contract.
3 - 17
(2)
Duties and Responsibilities of Consultants

The duties and responsibilities Consultants are, but not limited to, the following:
Table 3.3
Position
Category
Project
IN
Manager (PM)
Deputy Project
Manager
(Dep.PM)/
Resident
Engineer (RE)
Supervision
IN and/or
Engineer
(Highway)
Duties and Responsibilities of Consultants (1/2)

Duties and Responsibilities
-
Overall project implementation management (cost, progress, quality

and safety/environment)
- Overall management of construction supervision to ensure that works
are implemented in accordance with the Contract and specified
quality.
- Issue certification, approval, recommendations, instructions and
acceptance of works, payment and valuation of claims (time, cost,
etc)
- Maintain good coordination and harmonious relationship with the
DPWH, local authorities and funding institutions.
- Monitor and review the schedule as required and prepare guidance
for the key staffs and Contractors
- Supervise the preparation of required reports for their timely
submission
- Preparation of disbursement schedule for both foreign and local
currencies
- Assist the PM in the overall project management
- Construction supervision including work progress, quality, quantity,
cost and safety
- Check and approve Contractors work plan and schedule.
- Maintain good coordination harmonious relationship with local
authorities
- Monitor Environmental Management Plan (EMP), public relations
and traffic control
- Assist the RE in the construction supervision including monitoring of
work progress, quality, quantity, cost and safety control
- Supervise As-stakesurvey and As-staked Plan preparation
- Conduct full-time inspection of road and pavement works
- Ensure that the works are in accordance with the plans and
Specifications
- Assist the RE in the review of Contractors working drawings and
documents relating to road, pavement, drainage and other works
- Review and evaluate Contractor's payment certificates pertaining to
road construction
- Assist the RE in the evaluation of any claim or variation order
relating to road construction
- Assist the RE in the preparation of progress and other needed reports
Legend: IN: International Expert, N: National Expert, IN and/or N: International and/or National Expert.
3 - 18
Table 3.3
Duties and Responsibilities of Consultants (2/2)
Position
Category
Supervision
IN and/or
Engineer
(Bridge/
Structures)
Quantity
Engineer
Accredited
Materials
Engineer
-
Inspector
Assist the RE in the construction supervision including monitoring

ofwork progress, quality, quantity, cost and safety control
Conduct full-time inspection of structural works
Assist the RE in the review of Contractors working drawings
(shop-drawings) and documents relating to structures
Ensure that the works are in accordance with the plans and
Specifications
Review and evaluate Contractor's payment certificates pertaining to
structural works
Assist the RE in the evaluation of any claim or variation order
relating to structural construction
Assist the RE in the preparation of progress and other needed reports
Conduct quantity measurements for acceptable work
Check and review monthly statements to validate actual quantities of
acceptable work for payment
Check record and evaluate claims (time, cost, etc) and make
recommendations
Assist the PM and the RE in the review of all payment certificates,
claims for extra works and variation orders.
Assist the RE in the preparation of progress reports and other reports
Assist the PM and the RE for final quantity and payment
Supervise the Contractors in setting-up the field laboratory and
testing facilities
Understand and familiarize with the guidelines and procedures for
material testing and quality control guidance
Ascertain that all materials incorporated into the work passes the
requirements
Supervise all samplings and tests at site and laboratory
Advise the PM on the acceptance or rejection of construction
materials based on test results
Recommend corrective measures for unsatisfactory condition of
materials
Check and certify design mixes prepared by Contractors for concrete
and bitumen mixtures
Responsible for the proper operation of field laboratory
Keep daily record of quality control activities
Submit required test and other pertinent reports
Assist the RE and other engineers in the construction supervision
including monitoring of work progress, quality, quantity, cost and
safety control
Conduct full-time inspection of construction activities
Ensure that the works are in accordance with the plans and
Specifications
Inform the concerned supervisor in case there are deviations from
approved plans and specifications
Conduct and monitor daily activities including weather conditions
and maintain a dailyrecord of construction activities
Legend: IN: International Expert, N: National Expert, IN and/or N: International and/or National Expert.
3 - 19
The Consultant shall employ accredited Materials Engineer (ME) as per D.O. No.42,
Series of 2006 subject to the limits of assignment described in Table 3.7.
The Contractor may assign a non-accredited ME to every DPWH project costing below
P1Million.
Renewal of Certificate of Accreditation is required for Contractors and Consultants
MEs after three (3) years from the date of issue.
The concerned ME shall not be connected with any government office. A certification
signed by the Head or Administrative Officer that the concerned ME is no longer connected
with the government office is necessary.
3.3.2 For Locally and Foreign-funded Projects through Local Competitive

Bidding (LCB)
The construction supervision for locally and foreign-funded projects is mostly conducted
thru Force Account ( By Administration). The Head of the Implementing Office shall organize
the construction supervision team before or upon approval of the Contract and the issuance of
Notice to Proceed. The composition of the team will vary depending on the type of
construction and size of the project. A typical organizational chart of the team is shown below.
DISTRICT ENGINEER
ASSISTANT DISTRICT ENGINEER
CHIEF, CONSTRUCTION
CHIEF MATERIALS QUALITY
SECTION
CONTROL SECTION
PROJECT ENGINEER
M ATERIALS ENGINEER
RESIDENT ENGINEER/PROJECT
INSPECTOR
M LT/LAB AIDE
UTILITY M AN
ENCOER/CLERK
GEOMETRIC CONTROL
UTILITY MAN
DRIVER
CLERK
Figure 3.12
Typical Organizational Chart for Construction Supervision of

Project conducted thru Force Account
3 - 20
(1) Limits of Assignments of DPWH Engineers

Only accredited Project Engineer (PE) and Project Inspector (PI) (as per DO. No. 73,
Series of 1998) and Materials Engineer (as per DO 42, Series of 2006) shall be assigned
to supervise the project in accordance with the following limitations:
Table 3.4
*Limits of assignment of Project Engineer and Project Inspector
Classification
Limit of Assignment
Project Engineer III:
- No limit.
Project Engineer II:
- Projects being implemented simultaneously do not exceed P50.0 M

in cost
Project Engineer I:
- Projects being implemented simultaneously do not exceed P20.0 M

in cost
Project Inspector II:
- Assist the Project Engineer III or II in the implementation of assigned

project
Project Inspector I:
- Assist the Project Engineer I in the implementation of assigned

project
*Per DO no.73, Series of 1998
Table 3.5
Classification
Materials Engineer II:
*Limits of Assignment of Materials Engineer

Limit of Assignment
One (1) project, no cost limit, or
Two (2) projects located within the same province with an aggregate
cost of P10Million, but not more than P30Million
Materials Engineer I:
One (1) project costing not more than P100Million, or

Three (3) projects located within the same province with an aggregate
cost of P1Million, but not more than P3Million
*Per DO No. 42, Series of 2006
(2)
Duties and Responsibilities of Project Engineer, Materials Engineer and

Project Inspector
Their duties and responsibilities are as follows:
3 - 21
Table 3.6
*Duties and Responsibilities of Project Engineer
Classification
Project Engineer

a. In charge of the overall planning and control of the project.
b. Ensure that materials and workmanship are at all times in accordance with
plans and specifications.
c. Ensure that inspections and tests are carried out promptly and timely.
d. Witnesses critical activities of the project.
e. Check and verify physical and financial status of the project.
f. Check and verify statement of work accomplished.
g. Approve concrete pouring permit.
h. Issue work suspension orders and other site instructions.
i. Prepare proposed Change Order, Extra Work Order or Supplemental Work
Agreement, when necessary.
j. Maintain and/or update field documentation such as log book, plans and
programs of work, schedules, S-curve, laboratory test results, etc.
k. Resolve problems encountered in the implementation of the project
l. Coordinate with the Project Directors/District Officer/Local Government
Units/ NGOs and other coordinating officers in the project
implementation.
m. Submit monthly physical and financial report.
Table 3.7
*Duties and Responsibilities of Project Inspector
Classification
Project Inspector
a. Assist the PE in the overall direction and supervision of the field operation.
b. Ensure that the works being inspected are in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
c. Witness critical activities of the project.
d. Notify the Project Engineer in case there are deviations from the approved
plans and specifications.
e. Conduct and monitor daily activities including weather conditions and
maintain a logbook to record such activities.
f. Prepares and submit statement of work accomplished
g. Prepare and submit physical/financial status to the Project Engineer.
h. Carry out instructions/orders of the Project Engineer.
3 - 22
Table 3.8
*Duties and Responsibilities of Materials Engineer
Classification
Materials Engineer
a. Ascertain that all materials incorporated into the work pass the requirements
of the DPWH Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airports
Vol. II and to strictly comply with the schedule of Minimum Testing
Requirements.
b. Advice the Project Engineer on the acceptance or rejection of construction
materials intended for use in the project based on test results.
c. Responsible for the sampling, testing, inspection and submission of data
and to fully acquaint himself with the standard procedures of the same.
d. Recommend to the Project Engineer remedial measures for the correction
of unsatisfactory conditions of materials.
e. Prepare design mixes for concrete and bituminous mixtures.
f. Ensure that the field laboratory is adequately equipped so that the progress
of the work will not be impeded to laboratory testing and that
non-performance of tests should not be a cause of delay in the prosecution
of the work.
g. Keep record of the daily activities ready for inspection anytime.
h. Submit within the required time frame test reports and other pertinent
papers to the Regional/District Engineering Office concerned.
i. Recommend corrective measures to improve the quality of completed
works.
j. Recommend acceptance of completed works.
*As per DO No. 42, Series of 2006
3.4 Administrative Penalties/Sanctions

In accordance with DO No. 193, Series of 1992 regarding Liability of Contractors and
Sub-Contractors including Public Officials for violations of Presidential Decree (PD) No.
1759, any public official who, by reason of the duties of his office, shall consent, or through
abandonment or negligence, permit the Contractor or Sub-Contractor to violate any material
provisions of contracts involving public works projects, either as to materials, quality and
quantity of work, resulting to the prejudice of the government, shall suffer the penalty of from
twelve (12) years to life imprisonment and perpetual disqualification to hold office.
In accordance with the Department Memorandum dated January 19, 2004 regarding
Additional Guidelines on the Imposition of Administrative Sanctions on Erring DPWH
Officials and Employees Involved in Project Implementation and Processing of Project
3 - 23
Documents, sanction shall be imposed on the PE and PI if in any of the given reporting
period:
(a) He fails to initiate calibrated actions (in accordance with DO 102, Series of 1988)
on a project/projects under his supervision with a negative slippage; and
(b) He gets ten (10) points or greater based on the values shown below.
Table 3.9
Points against Negative Slippage
Slippage
Points
1 Project
2 Projects
3 Projects
5%-10%
10
11% - 15%
10
15
>15%
10
15
20
The calibrated actions shall be as follows:

1st Offense:
Reprimand
2nd Offense:
Suspension for six (6) months
3rd Offense:
Suspension for one (1) year
3.5 Authorities of DPWH Officials

It is the Governments policy that the exercise of authorities with corresponding
accountabilities in the DPWH shall be decentralized to the extent possible, especially in the
implementation of infrastructure projects and the delivery of frontline services.
The levels of authorities are grouped based on the DPWH project cycle and functions
and services of the offices in DO No.24, Series of 2007 Amended Omnibus Levels of
Authorities of Official of the DPWH, as follows:
i)
Planning
ii)
Environmental and Social Aspects
iii) Design
iv) Land Acquisition and Infrastructure Right of-Way
v)
Procurement
vi) Contract Management

vii) Infrastructure Maintenance
viii) Quality Control
ix) Human Resources
3 - 24
x)
Financial Resources
xi) Equipment and Properties (Other than Real Estate).

The authorities being delegated to the DEO engineers shall also apply to Heads of
Sub-District Engineering Offices who have been designated as such by the Secretary.
3.7 Reforms in DPWH

The DPWH has faced institutional challenges in carrying out its mission on good
governance supported by high moral and ethical standards. In line with this, the DPWH has
implemented Anti-Corruption Program to address corruption and institutionalize reforms as
follows:
(1)
Quality Assurance
1.
Quarterly assessment or quality audit by the Quality Assurance Unit (QAU) of

on-going and completed construction and maintenance projects to check compliance
with the approved plans and specifications.
2.
Quarterly assessment by the Performance Evaluators accredited by Construction

Industry Authority of the Philippines (CIAP) to evaluate performance of a contractors
specific kind of projects using the Constructors Performance Evaluation System
(CPES) guidelines.
3.
The DPWH through the Bureau of Research and Standards (BRS) is continuously
undertaking the accreditation of DPWH Project Engineers and Inspectors including the
Materials Engineers of Contractors and Consultants in order to ensure that only
competent engineers will be assigned to DPWH projects.
4.
The BRS-DPWH is continuously undertaking the accreditation of private testing

laboratories to augment the testing capability of its Regional and District Offices.
5.
Accreditation of concrete and asphalt batching plants by the BRS/DPWH to ensure

that only concrete and asphalt mixes of the highest quality will be used in the DPWH
project.
6.
Compliance to the provisions of pertinent Department Orders and Administrative

Issuances by all implementing offices of the DPWH relative to materials and
construction quality control.
7.
A sanction mechanism was put in place to penalize the project implementors noted
with unsatisfactory performance; and the contractors were encouraged to report to the
DPWH Integrity Board any corrupt practices in project implementation.
3 - 25
(2)
1.
Project monitoring system to track slippages of project accomplishment was

strengthened.
2.
Project Advisory and Management System (PAMS), an inter-agency group to ensure

the immediate resolution of problems and issues in project implementation was
created.
3.
Documents Tracking System (DoTS) to track status of all contract related documents
was put in place.
4.
Executive Information System to provide instant information that needs urgent

attention by top management was put in place.
5.
Guidelines to check the performance of implementing offices and the corresponding

sanction mechanism for unacceptable performance was developed.
6.
Payment System through the use of the electronic New Government Accounting
System (eNGAS) was adopted.
7.
Job rotation of personnel to avoid camaraderie with Contractors shall be a continuing

process.
(3)
Document Tracking System (DoTS)

In line with the Departments thrust to fast track the completion of projects and to be
transparent in its operation, all offices involved in the processing of documents on the
procurement and implementation of local anf foreign-assisted civil works undertaken
shall utilize the DoTS (per DO No. 273, Series of 2003, DO No. 32, Series of 2004 and
DO No. 159, Series of 20042.
Latest issuance shall prevail
3 - 26
Chapter 4 Procurement
4.1 Bids
The bid documents are documents issued by the DPWH to provide the prospective
bidders all necessary information to prepare their bids. These bid documents are prepared in
accordance with Volume III-DPWH Manual of Procedures for the Procurement of
Locally-funded Infrastructure Projects through public bid of DPWH Procurement Manual
(DPM) together with procurement guidelines of the funding institutions in case of
foreign-funded projects.
The bid documents shall consist of the following:
Table 4.1
Part
Part I:
Part II:
Bid Documents
Section
Section Title
Section I
Invitation to Apply Eligibility and to Bid
Section II
Eligibility Requirements
Section I
Instruction to Bidders including documents comprising the Bid
Section II
Bid Data Sheets
Section III
General Conditions of Contract
Section IV
Special Conditions of Contract
Section V
Specifications (Standard Specifications and Special Provisions)
Section VI
Plans and Drawings
Section VII
Bill of Quantities and Unit Price Analysis
Section VIII
Forms
The bid documents become part of the contract documents. As such, these should be well
kept and handed over to the Engineer. A checklist of bid documents is shown below:
4-1
Checklist of Bid Documents (1/3)
4-2
4-3
Note:
Entries on appropriate spaces provided, e.g. costs, percentages and other
information that may be required are subject to change in the light of official issuances such
as Department Orders, Office Orders etc.
4-4
4.2 Contract
4.2.1
Contract Documents
The contract documents are legal documents on which the project management and
construction supervision are relied. The Contract is the agreement between the DPWH and the
Contractor to execute, complete, and maintain the Works. It consists of the Agreement itself
and all documents that form part as written in the GCC. Among others are the following:
Table 4.2
List of Contract Documents
Category
A. The Contract:
Title of Documents
1) Contract Agreement
2) Documents forming part of Contract Agreement
a) Bidding
1. General Conditions of Contract
Documents for
2. Special Conditions of Contract
the Contract
3. Drawings/Plans
4. Specifications
5. Invitation for Apply Eligibility and to Bid
6. Instruction to Bidders
7. Bid Data Sheet
8. Bid Bulletins (Addenda)
b) CONTRACTORs Calculated Bid in the Form of Bid including its

Technical and Financial Proposals
c) CONTRACTORs Letter of Intent for Eligibility and Contractors
Information from the DPWH Registry
d) Notice of Award of Contract and the CONTRACTORs Conforme
e) Performance Security
f) Credit Line or Cash Deposit Certificate
g) PERT/CPM diagram and bar chart with S-curve
B. Supporting
1) Approved Program of Work
Documents for the
2) Obligation Slip
Contract
3) Certificate of Availability of Fund

4) Abstract to Bid as Calculated
5) Approved BAC Resolution declaring the LCRB and Recommending
Award
The documents in items (1) and (2)-a) to (2)-c) above shall be provided by the DPWH
and those in items (2)-d to (2)-g shall be submitted by the winning bidder within ten (10)
calendar days from the date of its receipt of the Notice of Award.
4-5
The documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one
another. For the purpose of interpretation, the Contract documents shall be interpreted in the
following order of priority:
(a) Contract Agreement (if any)
(b) The Letter of Acceptance
(c) The Tender
(d) The Particular Conditions
(e) The General Conditions
(f)
Specifications1
(g) Drawings
(h) Any other document listed in the SCC as forming part of this Contract.
There are many other documents which are part of Contract documents as listed in the
next page and those documents should be compiled in a file or book to avoid lost or
misplacement.
If an ambiguity or discrepancy is found in the documents, the Engineer shall issue any
clarification or instruction.
The Specification means the DPWH Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airports Vol. II 2013
Edition. Modifications to Standard Specifications shall be in the form of Special Specifications to be mentioned
in the Special Provisions which is part of the Bid Documents.
4-6
Checklist of Contract Documents and Supporting Documents
4-7
4.2.2
Subcontract/Sublease
A Subcontractor is any person or organization who has subcontracted a part of the work
from the main Contractor as approved by the Employer.
No Contractor shall subcontract any portion of work without prior approval of the
Secretary in accordance with DO No. 70, Series of 2004 2. In no case, shall subcontracting be
allowed for more than fifty percent (50%) of the value of project.
Subcontracting of any portion of the Works does not relieve the Contractor of any
liability or obligation under the Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts,
defaults, and negligence of any subcontractor, its agents, servants or workmen as fully as if
these were the Contractors own acts, defaults, or negligence, or those of its agents, servants
or workmen.
4.3 Facilities and Land Acquisition

4.3.1
(1)
Facilities for the Engineer

Field Office and Laboratory
In general, the Contractor shall provide facilities for the Engineer as specified in
the Special Provisions Part A of the Special Specifications.

Facilities shall include:
*
Temporary Field Office, Laboratory, Living Quarter
Combined Field Office, Living Quarters and Laboratory Building
Furniture, Fixtures and Appliance for these facilities
The Implementing Office shall identify a site intended for the construction of
buildings and facilities such as combined field office, laboratory, living quarter buildings
and other facilities in accordance with DO No. 08, Series of 20063.
The construction of buildings on a property other than DPWH-owned should be
covered by a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) to be approved by the DPWH
Secretary or Undersecretary for Administration. The MOA shall provide a provision
allowing the DPWH the use their property free of charge until the completion of the
project and shall be turned over to the lot owner without cost after completion of the
project.
If it is more economical and reasonable, the Contract would provide the Engineers
office on a rental basis. The Contractor shall rent, operate and maintain one (1) unit of
combined field office building and materials testing laboratory and a separate building
2
3
Latest issuance shall prevail.

Latest issuance shall prevail
4-8
for the living quarter, including all necessary electricity, water, drainage, sanitary
facilities and telephone services for the use of the Engineer and his staff.
(2)
Vehicles and Other Equipment

The Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain the following:
-
Service Vehicles
Communication Equipment and Cellular Phones
Laboratory Testing Equipment, Apparatus and Publications
Progress Photographs
Survey Equipment and Apparatus
Office Computers
Survey and Laboratory Operation Aids.
The specified facilities provided by the Contractor and paid by the Government
shall be turned over to the Government upon completion of the project.
4.3.2
Right-of-Way Acquisition
Acquisition of real property shall be governed by Republic Act (RA) No. 8974, entitled
"An Act to Facilitate the Acquisition of Right-of-Way Site or Location for National
Government Infrastructure Projects and for Other Purposes".
"Right-Of-Way (ROW)" refers to the overall width along the road alignment of proposed
works with regard to the area of land that must be cleared before the works are commenced.
Parcellary survey will be conducted to identify the specified area, land title, land owners and
cost required for ROW acquisition and resettlement.
The Implementing Office is responsible for ROW acquisition before commencement of
the Works.
Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the Implementing Office shall provide access
to and possession of the site including special and/or temporary right-of-way which are
necessary for the Works. The Contractor shall obtain, at his own risk and cost, any additional
rights of way or facilities outside the site which he may require for the purposes of the Works.
4.3.3
Possession of Site
Prior to commencement of works, the implementing Office shall issue the Contractor in
writing the possession of site, specifying the relevant stations of the project as maybe required
to enable him to proceed with the execution of the works.
If the Contractor suffers delays or incurs delay or incurs cost from failures on the part of
the Implementing Office to give possession of such site, it shall give the Contractor a contract
4-9
time extension and certify such reasonable sum to cover the cost incurred.
4.3.4
Relocation of Utilities
Though the Contractor is responsible for identifying utilities affected by the Works, the
Engineer should confirm the locations of these utilities, if such are not shown in the contract
documents.
These include:
*
Electricity Authority (power lines, cables, pylons, etc.)
Water (pipes, irrigation channels, etc.)
Sanitation and
Telecommunication.
The Engineer shall coordinate and assist the Contractor and the concerned agencies in
the relocation of these utilities prior to commencement of any works.
4.4 Performance Security and Insurance

4.4.1
Performance Security
The Contractor shall obtain at his own cost a Performance Security to guarantee his
faithful performance performance to complete the project on time. This shall be submitted to
the Implementing Office not later than the date specified in the Letter of Acceptance and shall
be issued in an amount and form as specified in the Special Conditions of Contract, and
denominated in the currency in which the contract price is payable. The Performance Security
shall be valid up to the date of acceptance of the project.
The validity of the Performance Security shall be from the date of Contract signing up to
the final acceptance of the project wherein the warranty period shall have commenced.
At the Contractors option, the Performance Security is to be in any of the following
forms:
*
Cash, Cashiers Check, Bank Draft or Irrevocable Letter of Credit in the amount
equivalent to five percent (5%) of the contract price
Bank guarantee in the amount equivalent to ten percent (10%) of the contract price.
Surety bond in the amount equivalent to thirty percent (30%) of the contract price
callable upon demand issued by any reputable Surety or Insurance company; and
Any combination of the above
The Performance Security shall be released by the Implementing Office after issuance
of the Certificate of Acceptance, provided that there are no claims for labor and materials filed
against the Contractor or the Surety company and provided further that the Contractor should
have submitted the warranty security.
4 - 10
The Performance Security shall bear the provision:

The right to institute action on the penal bond pursuant to RA No. 3688 of any
individual firm, partnership, corporation and association supplying the contract with
labor and materials for the prosecution of the work is hereby acknowledged and
confirmed.
4.4.2
Contractor's All Risk Insurance (CARI)
The Contractor shall, under DPWH name and at his own expense, obtain and maintain
for the duration of the Contract.
The Contractor shall provide evidences to the Engineer that the insurance required under
the Contract has been effected and shall, within a reasonable time, provide copies of the
insurance policies to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall notify the Insurers of changes in the nature, extent, or program for
the execution of the Works and ensure the adequacy of the insurance at all times in accordance
with the terms of the Contract and shall submit to the Implementing Office the insurance
policy in-force including receipts for payment of current premiums.
If the Contractor fails to obtain and keep in-force any insurance and pay such premiums
as maybe necessary for the purpose, the Implementing Office shall obtain and keep in-force
the same and shall be deductable from the Contractors collection(including extra expenses in
securing insurance coverage).
4.5 Notice to Proceed (NTP)

The Implementing Office shall issue the NTP together with a copy or copies of the
approved Contract to the successful bidder within three (3) calendar days from the date of
approval of the Contract by the appropriate government approving authority. However, for
infrastructure projects with an Approved Budget for the Contract (ABC) of fifty (50) million
and below, the maximum period is two (2) calendar days. All notices called for by the terms
of the Contract shall be effective only at the time of receipt thereof by the successful bidder. If
the effectivity date is provided in the Notice to Proceed by the Implementing Office
concerned, such date shall not be later than seven (7) calendar days from issuance thereof4.
As per amended GPPB Resolution No. 014-2006 dated 20 July 2006.
4 - 11
Chapter 5 Public Information, Road

Safety and
Environmental
Management
5.1 Public Information System
Since 2007, the DPWH has launched the "Bantay Lansangan" (Roadwatch), a
partnership that seeks to mobilize a multi-sectoral group composed of private stakeholders,
non-government organizations and development partners to work with the DPWH and other
government stakeholder agencies. This is aimed at enhancing the delivery of quality national
road services responsive to user's needs and satisfaction, through more efficient and
transparent use of public resources.
For excellent service delivery and total public satisfaction, the Public Information
Division (PID) of DPWH responds to queries, complaints, concerns, and other needs of
external stakeholders to include road users, civil society groups, non-governmental
organizations, development partners, the academe, other government agencies, etc. The PID is
mandated to develop and implement the DPWH development communication program to
ensure that policies, plans, programs, and activities be known to the public. Likewise, it is the
office responsible in providing information and quick-response action to the issues, concerns,
problems, and queries regarding the DPWH.
The major functions of Public Information Officer in relation with project
implementation are:
*
Develop a communications program to ensure that policies, plans and activities of

the DPWH be known to the public;
Supervise the preparation of information materials, reports, briefing materials,

photo exhibits in line with the communication program;
Act or provide answers to issues/problems brought about by the media;
Receive public complaints, problems, and queries and provides direct and
quick-response to the general public needs;
Establish a data bank for all the relevant data and information to the media,
researchers, non-governmental organizations and the general public about the
plans / on-going activities and accomplishments; and
Provides information on projects, road infrastructure, travel conditions,

administration.
5-1
The DPWH has been improving its continuing feedback monitoring system on matters
concerning the DPWH projects and others through its webpage and the Short Messaging
System (SMS) technology in reaching out to citizens and communities for feedback and
resources mobilization.
5.2 Relations with Local Communities and Road Users

The Engineer shall monitor the Contractors relations with local communities and road
users. In setting up and during operation of his plant and facilities, the Contractor shall at all
times bear in mind and to the extent practicable minimize the impact of his activities on the
existing communities. Where communities are likely to be affected by major activities such as
road widening or the establishment of a camp, quarry, extensive road closure or detour, he
shall liaise closely with the concerned communities and their representatives. The Contractor
should organize periodic or at-required basis meetings to provide project information, resolve
issues and claims and minimize impacts on local communities. The Engineer should enhance
communication capacity with local communities and public.
For the safety and convenience of the public and road users, the Contractor shall erect
and maintain as required by conditions prevailing at the site and progress of the works, all
reasonable safeguards for safety and protection. It shall include all danger signs and other
warnings against hazards.
The Contractor shall install and maintain
traffic
control
information
boards
bearing
location of detours and one-way control, type of

work, period of traffic control at several strategic
points as approved by the Engineer for public
and road users.
Figure 5.1
Figure 5.2
5-2
Project Information
Traffic Control Information
5.3 Road Safety

5.3.1 Road Safety Program
Road safety is one of the primary concerns of the government. The DPWH implements
road safety program to develop technical standard, policies and procedures for the safety of
road users and minimize traffic accident.
Table 5.1
Safety Programs
Safety Output
1.
Safety Projects
Activities
Installation and operation of traffic signals, advanced traffic
management systems, surveillance devices and vehicle weighing
devices, etc.
2.
Road Safety Education Public information dissemination.

and Training
3.
Road
Management
Safety Professional services necessary to undertake accident reduction

studies design and implement remedial treatments including design
of traffic safety devices.
The DPWH has developed a computerized accident data system called as the Traffic
Accident Recording and Analysis System (TARAS). It incorporates the collection, storage,
retrieval and analysis of traffic accident data.
TARAS is a text and graphic data entry and statistical query system that provides access
to accumulated traffic accident information occurring on national roads throughout the
country.
TARAS Reporting and Analysis Module are used to query and report on traffic accident
information stored within the TARAS database. Reporting and Analysis is the core module
that makes TARAS a powerful tool in Traffic Accident Analysis.
Figure 5.3
Traffic Accident Recording and Analysis System (TARAS)
5-3
TARAS identifies blackspots and the concerned office conducts Accident Blackspot
Investigation and recommends treatment or proposals. The Engineer should obtain this
information and utilize it for the safety in the project.
5.3.2 Road Safety Manual

The DPWH has four (4) technical manuals and two (2) handbooks 1 on road
infrastructure safety as listed below:
Table 5.2
Road Safety Manual and Handbook
1. Road Safety Audit Manual

2. Road Works Safety Manual
Road Safety
Manual
3. Highway Safety Design Standards Manual - Part 1: Road Safety Design

Manual
4. Highway Safety Design Standards Manual - Part 2: Road Signs and
Pavement Marking Manual
Road Safety
Handbook
Figure 5.4
1. Accident Blackspot Investigation Handbook

2. Project Evaluation Handbook
Road Safety Manual and Highway Safety Design Standards Cover

Pages
The Road Works Safety Manual shall be used as a reference for defining temporary
signage, traffic devices and traffic management for maintenance and construction works on
roads and bridges. The manual also defines the circumstance under which the devices should
be arranged to provide warning for various types of works and environments.
The Accident Blackspot Investigation Handbook contains information on the use of
1 These manuals and handbooks were prepared under Road Infrastructure Safety Project (Capacity Building
Component of the 6th ADB Road Project) and covered by DO No.09, Series of 2006.
5-4
accident data, reports and maps from the Traffic Accident and Analysis System (TARAS) to
identify hazardous locations and assist with the analysis of accident patterns and casual factors
at particular sites. The Handbooks provide guidance on the critical steps required to
investigate and develop a project comprising engineering countermeasures that will have a
high probability of improving road safety at an accident blackspot location.
5.3.3 Provision of Road Safety Devices

To enhance road safety and guide motorists, road safety devices such as guardrails or
protective barriers including warning or directional signs shall be installed along critical
sections of all DPWH projects in accordance with DO No. 36,Series of 2007.
The safety and convenience of the road users and the public in general public are of
prime importance in the project implementation. At all times during the Works, the Contractor
shall ensure smooth flow of traffic, safe condition at temporary approaches, intersections and
private entrances.
The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain at all times suitable barricades, fences,
signs, and watchmen as necessary or as directed by the Engineer.
Example
Installation of concrete barriers

Figure 5.5
Provision of precautionary signages
Road Safety Devices and Signages
This provision on road safety shall be considered in the detailed engineering design and
in the preparation of program of work. To preclude excessive provision on road safety devices,
the total cost shall not be more than 10% of the total project cost. All works under this item
shall be in accordance with Items 603 Guardrail and 605 Road Sign of the DPWH Standard
Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airports, Vol. II 2013 Edition.
5-5
5.3.4 Traffic Management

(1)
Closure of Road
The Contractor shall submit a traffic management and control plan at least two (2)
weeks before commencement of any work for approval of the Engineer.
No road shall be closed by the Contractor to the public except when permitted by
the Engineer in writing. When the road under construction is to be used, special attention
shall be exercised such that the public can safely travel without undue delay.
(2)
Detour
The Contractor shall provide, construct and maintain detours wherever the work
interferes with traffic on existing roads, footways or other ways within a road
right-of-way. No detours shall be constructed and no traffic diverted until the
Contractors proposal thereof has been approved by the Engineer.
Prior to the commencement of the construction and of the use of detours, the
Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a full photographic record of the existing
roads, pathways, etc. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all detour and traffic control
signs required in the Plans and Specifications and at the direction of the Engineer.
All detour roads shall be maintained in good condition at all times by the Contractor.
All detours shall be kept graded, compacted and sprinkled with water for dust
control.Where public or private roads are used as detours, such roads shall be restored
back to its original state.
5.3.5 Safety Officer

The Contractor shall designate a competent Safety Officer who will be responsible for
maintaining safety in the site.
5.4 Safety and Health Programs

5.4.1 Obligation of the Contractor
The Contractor shall prepare a program covering all items on safety, health and traffic
management for approval of the Engineer. The Engineer and the Contractor shall conduct
joint periodic inspection based on the approved program. The Contractor shall submit the
required report indicating, among others, the findings and respective actions to be undertaken.
The Contractor shall:
*
5-6
comply with all applicable safety regulations;
take care of the safety of all persons entitled to be on the Site;
use reasonable efforts to keep the Site and Works clear of unnecessary obstruction
so as to avoid danger to these persons;
provide fencing, lighting, guards and watchers of the Works until completion and
turning over; and
provide any Temporary Works which may be necessary, because of the execution
of the Works, for the use and protection of the public and of owners and occupants
of land and properties adjacent to the project/works site.
The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of
his personnel. In collaboration with local health authorities, the Contractor shall ensure that
medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay and ambulance service are available at all times at
the site. The Contractor shall maintain records and make reports concerning health, safety and
welfare of personnel and damage to property as the Engineer may reasonably require.
The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping unauthorized persons off the site.
Authorized persons shall be limited to the Engineers and Contractors personnel and any
other personnel notified to the Contractor by the Engineer.
5.4.2 Load Restriction

The Contractor shall comply with the legal load restrictions in the transportation of
contruction materials on public roads and shall use every reasonable means to prevent the
road from being damaged.
The Contractor shall bear all the responsibility and liability for damages or injuries
resulting from his failure to abide by relevant provisions.
5.4.3 Coordination during Emergency

The Contractor shall establish and maintain at all time emergency communication lines
with the Engineer and all concerned authorities including government agencies and facilities.
The Contractor shall inform the Engineer details of any accident as soon as practicable.
5-7
5.5 Environmental Management

Revised Procedural Manual for DENR Administrative Order No. 30, Series of 2003
(DAO 03-30) was issued on August, 2007.
5.5.1
Legal Framework and Process
The basic national policy governing environmental functions of DPWH is stated in

Presidential Decree 1586 also known as the Philippine Environmental Impact Assessment
Law, which requires the DPWH to undertake environmental impact assessments for all its
major projects.
Since international and bilateral donor agencies have their own guidelines on
environmental and social considerations, the projects funded by these agencies should be
referred to the respective guidelines.
5.5.2 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

An EIA is a process that involves predicting and evaluating the likely impacts of a
project (including cumulative impacts) on the environment during construction,
commissioning, operation and abandonment. It also includes designing appropriate preventive,
mitigating and enhancement measures addressing these consequences to protect the
environment and the communitys welfare.
The objectives are:
*
To present a clear assessment of potential impacts on environment;
To apply appropriate methodology which assesses and predicts impacts and

provides a) means for impact prevention and mitigation, b) the enhancement of
project benefits, and c) the minimization of long-term impacts; and
To provide specific forum for consultation for allowing stakeholders to have

direct input to the environmental management process.
EIA is used to enhance planning and guide decision-making. It is primarily presented in

the context of a requirement to integrate environmental concerns in the planning process of
projects at the feasibility stage. Through the EIA process, adverse environmental impacts of
proposed actions are considerably reduced through a reiterative review process of project
siting, design and other alternatives, and the subsequent formulation of environmental
management and monitoring plans. A positive determination by the Department of
Environment and Natural Resources-Environment Management Bureau (DENR-EMB) results
to the issuance of an Environmental Compliance Commitment (ECC) document, to be
conformed to by the Proponent and represents the projects Environmental Compliance
Certificate. The release of the ECC allows the project to proceed to the next stage of project
5-8
planning, which is the acquisition of approvals from other government agencies and LGUs,
after which the project can start implementation. A summary flowchart of the complete
process is presented in Figure 5.5 while a descriptive overview is provided in Figure 5.6. The
Philippine EIA Process has six (6) sequential stages Screening, Scoping, EIA Study
andReport Preparation, EIA Review and Evaluation, Decision Making, and Post-ECC
Monitoring, Validation and Evaluation/Audit stage. Stages 1, 2, 3 and 6a are all
Proponent-driven while Stages 4, 5 and 6b are DENR-EMB driven stages. The first five (5)
stages are those involved when a Proponent applies for ECC or CNC.
Figure 5.6
Summary Flowchart of EIA Process
5-9
Figure 5.7
Overview of Stages of the Philippine EIA Process
5.5.3 Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC)

No person, partnership or corporation shall undertake or operate any in part such
declared Environmentally Critical Projects or project in Environmentally Critical Areas
without first securing ECC. Table 5.3 and 5.4 show the matrix for determination of EIA report
type - New Single and Co-located Projects.
The Engineer shall make a thorough study on the conditions given in the ECC including
the following:
1)
All applicable requirements/ permits from other concerned agencies should be

complied before the project implementation;
2)
Careful construction planning and work scheduling/ phasing should be made to avoid
nuisance and public inconvenience;
5 - 10
3)
Systematic traffic management and operation should be implemented to maintain

smooth flow of public traffic;
4)
Site should be kept free from obstructions like spoiled materials, construction debris/
materials and scattered stones to prevent any untoward accidents;
5)
Water sprinkling on exposed soil for dust control;
6)
Overburden and/or excess materials should be disposed of at designated areas and

should not block a natural drainage;
7)
Construction camps should be provided with adequately designed and maintained

sanitary systems;
8)
Supply of aggregates for the project should be legalized by an ECC;
9)
Trees to be cut should be covered by cutting permit and replaced with appropriate
species;
10) Proper disturbance compensation affected by the road right of way should be effected;
and
11) Philippine Occupational Safety and Health Standards requirements applicable during
construction phase of the project should be properly observed.
Once a project is implemented, the ECC remains valid and active for the lifetime of the
project. ECC conditions and commitments are permanently relieved from compliance by the
Proponent only upon validation by EMB of the successful implementation of the
environmental
aspects/component
of
the
Proponents
Abandonment/Rehabilitation/
Decommissioning Plan. This pre-condition for ECC validity applies to all projects including
those wherein ECC expiry dates have been specified in the ECC. However, the ECC
automatically expires if a project has not been implemented within five (5) years from ECC
issuance, or if the ECC was not requested for extension within three (3) months from the
expiration of its validity. If the baseline characteristics have significantly changed to the extent
that the impact assessment as embodied in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is no
longer appropriate, the EMB office concerned shall require the Proponent to submit a new
application. The EIA Report on the new application shall focus only on the assessment of the
environmental component, which significantly changed.
ECCs may be suspended for violation of Proponents to comply with ECC conditions. It
is noted that ECC suspension does not necessarily mean the Proponent is absolved of its
responsibility in implementing its approved EMP. PD 1586 does not preclude the fact that
DENR may require the Proponent to institute environmental safeguards/measures to prevent
further threat or actual damage to the environment.
5 - 11
5 - 12
D.4.a.
MAJOR POWER PLANTS (Proc. No. 2146 declared types: fossil-fueled, nuclear fueled, hydroelectric or geothermal)
D.4.
33.
Tunnels and sub-grade roads and railways
D.3.d.
32.
Fuel Cell
(including RO-RO facilities)
100 MW
1.0 km
10.0 km
Source: Revised Procedural Manual for DENR Administrative Order No. 30, Series of 2003 (DAO 03-30) Annex 2-1b
total power production capacity
length
critical slope
20.0 km OR
length with no critical slope OR length with
Roads, new construction, widening
D.3.c.
Regardless of length and width
On-grade railway system, new
31.
10.0 km
D.3.b.
length
50 hectares
30.
Bridges and viaducts, new construction
D.3.
area reclaimed
20 million m3
25 hectares OR
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) / ECC
D.3.a.
MAJOR ROADS AND BRIDGES
D.2.
28.
capacity
Reservoir flooded area OR water storage
Parameter
Document
EIA Report Type Required / Decision
29.
MJOR RECLAMATION PROJECTS
D.1.
MAJOR DAMS
INSFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS
27.
D.
Project Type
Project Size
Proclamation No. 803 (1996) for Gold Courses, and Presidential Proclamation No. 2146 (1981) for Heavy and Resource Extractive Industries & Infrastructure Projects
Project Grouping Matrix for Determination of EIA Report Type - New Single and Co-located Projects (Group I)
Group I: ENVIRONMENTALLY CRITICAL PROJECTS (ECPs)2 in both Environmentally Critical Areas (ECAs) and Non-ECAs, as declared in and Presidential
Table 5.3
5 - 13
C.4.c.
C.4.b.
78.
79.
C.4.a.
C.4.
77.
MINOR ROADS & BRIDGES
C.3.
76.
Regardless of length and width
< 10.0 km
OR length with
critical slope
2 km but < 20.0 km. OR 2km but
80 m but < 10.0 km
< 50 hectares
5.0 MW but < 30.0 MW
/ ECC
(IEE Report: IEER Checklist: IEEC)
Initial Environment Examination3
critical slope,
length with no
length
area reclaimed
capacity
production
total power
Parameter
Report12 / CNC
Project Description
< 2 km
other bridges
foot bridges <80 m for
Regardless of length for
< 5.0 MW
Decision Document
Source: Revised Procedural Manual for DENR Administrative Order No. 30, Series of 2003 (DAO 03-30) Annex 2-1b
Elevated roads, flyover/cloverleaf/interchanges
Roads, new construction, widening (including RO-RO facilities)
Bridges and viaduct, new construction
PROJECTS
MINOR RECLAMATION
C.2.f.
75.
Other thermal power plants (e.g., diesel, bunker, coal, etc.)
Project Type
Projects Size
First Set of Group II Projects under similar Project Types as declared in Presidential Proclamation No. 2146
EIA Report Type for Corresponding Projects Size/Threshold
Project Grouping Matrix for Determination of EIA Report Type - New Single and Co-located Projects (Group II)
Group II Non-ECPs in Environmentally Critical Areas (ECAs)
Table 5.4
5.5.4 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

EMP is a framework comprised of environmental commitments outlined in the EIA
report, environmental mitigation measures, standards and plans, and monitoring requirements
throughout the project implementation. It is the project specific activity plan designed to
minimize the negative impacts identified in the EIA process.
The objectives are:
*
To provide a detailed action plan for the implementation of the recommendations made
in the impact assessment report;
To provide goals and targets for environmental control that are measurable and
auditable;
To provide a basis on which the prospective contractor can accurately price for
environmental management in his tender document;
To specify particular roles, responsibilities and time scales;
To provide a basis for monitoring compliance;
To provide a site management tool;
To form part of the construction specifications;
To go beyond the construction phase and cover the whole project cycle including
operation;
To develop the detailed design in an interacted process to form a coherent and

consistent operational tool; and
To see to it that a dynamic plan will be able to incorporate and interpret new and
improved measures.
The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment on and off the
site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or properties. The Contractor shall comply
with the measures given in the ECC issued by the Environmental Management Bureau (EMB)
and shall take all reasonable precautions to avoid harm to the living and work environment in
accordance with the Environmental Management Plan prepared based on the EIA.
The Contractor shall strictly comply with the conditions stipulated in the ECC issued to
the project. The Contractor shall submit an overall EMP to meet those conditions within
fourteen (14) days after the receipt of Notice to Proceed for approval of the Engineer taking
those conditions into account. The Contractor shall also submit monthly EMP status report to
the Engineer.
Categories of Environmentally Critical Areas Sanctuaries:
1.
5 - 14
Areas declared as parks, watershed and wildlife reserves
2.
Areas set aside as aesthetic, potential tourist spot
3.
Areas which contributes habitat for any endangered or threatened species of

indigenous Philippine wildlife (flora or fauna)
4.
Areas of unique historic, archeological, geological and scientific interest
5.
Areas which are traditionally occupied by cultural communities or tribes
6.
Areas frequently visited or hard hit by natural calamities
7.
Areas with critical slope
8.
Areas classified as prime agricultural lands
9.
Water bodies
10. Mangrove areas

11. Coral reefs
12. Recharged areas of aquifers
5.5.5 Environmental and Social Considerations

Projects financed by foreign funding agencies must comply with their general guidelines
on social and environmental enhancement.
(1)
Japan International Cooperation Agency

The agency requires the following:
*
Compliance with environmental pollution standards;
The natural environment in regard to conservation of endangered species and

biodiversity;
Plans for involuntary resettlement must restore living income for project affected
people;
The costs to conserve the environment must be included in the project cost;
Pollution control equipment and financial monitoring must be covered in

operations and maintenance; and
A third party other than the executing agency is desirable in the interests of
objectivity, in the evaluation and monitoring of project-related environmental
measures.
(2)
World Bank
Environmental Assessment (EA) is to ensure its environmental soundness and
sustainability and it;
*
evaluates a project's potential environmental risks and impacts in its area of

influence;
5 - 15
examines project alternatives;
identifies ways of improving project selection, siting, planning, design. and

implementation by preventing, minimizing, mitigating, or compensating for
adverse environmental impacts and enhancing positive impacts; and
includes the process of mitigating and managing adverse environmental impacts

throughout the project implementation.
The EA takes into account the natural environment (air, water and land), human
health and safety, social aspects (involuntary resettlement, indigenous people and cultural
property) and transboundary and global environmental aspects. The EA should be
initiated as early as possible in project planning and is integrated closely with the
economic, financial, institutional, social and technical analyses of a proposed project.
(3)
Asian Development Bank

It sets environmental assessment requirements and review procedures to ensure that
appropriate environmental considerations are properly integrated into and monitored in
each stage of the project cycle. Initial Environmental Examinations (lEEs) and
Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) are among the main tools for complying with
its requirements.
5 - 16
5.6 Risk Management

There are many potential risks, such as financial, contractual, weather (heavy rain),
floods, environmental/safeguard, etc, which may endanger viability of the project or cause
substantial cost and time increase though the degrees of their impacts differ. A risk
management approach should be adopted for a large and/or complicated project to mitigate or
reduce fatal incidents.
All risks should be identified at the beginning of construction stage and the Engineer
shall analyze the nature and probability of risks and prepare measures as illustrated in the
following figure employing the latest risk management methodology.
Major Risks antipated in Road Projects

Financial Capacity of GOP
(Typhoon, Floods, etc.)

Source: JICA TCP Team
Figure 5.8
Risk Management Diagram
The Engineer should adopt appropriate actions to reduce or mitigate the risks, especially
those which may endanger the project or cause serious adverse impacts on the residents at the
earliest possible time.
The risks are monitored continuously during implementation and respective report
(including risk status, assessment and recommendations) should be prepared at quarterly
basis.
5 - 17
Chapter 6
Construction
Management and
Supervision
6.1 Preliminary Activities

The activities to be undertaken by the Implementing Office are, but not limited to, the
following as illustrated in Figure 6.1.
Figure 6.1
6.1.1
Stages of Implementation
Study of Design Reports, Design Drawings, Specifications and

Contract Documents
The Engineer shall undertake a comprehensive review of the design reports, original
plans and contract documents in order for him to be familiar with the basic information of the
project.
(1)
Design Reports and Drawings

Important points to be studied are summarized below.
6-1
Table 6.1
Report
Design
Geotechnical and
Materials
Earthworks
Pavement
Bridge
Drainage
Slope and scouring

protection
Miscellaneous structure
and road facilities
Type of soil
Original Plan
Checklist of Reports for Review
Category
Geometric
Bridge Site Boring

Data
Slope stability and/or
weak ground
Construction Materials
Plan and Profile
Quantity / Cost
Estimate Report
Environmental
Report
ROW
Others
(Road Safety
Audit Report)
6-2
Typical Roadway
Sections
Detailed Cross Sections
Bridge and structures
Drainage Schedule
Other Structures
Summary of Quantity
Quantity Calculation
Cost Estimate
Environmental Impact
Assessment
Parcellary Survey
Land Acquisition and
Resettlement
Traffic Control
Road Safety Structures,
Road Signage,
Markings
Points to study
Design speed, standard roadway width (cross section, carriageway,
shoulder), horizontal and vertical alignment, design grade, sight
distance, etc.
Slope and extent of cut and fill; soil classification/type
AADT (Current and future vehicle types)
Design Parameters (ESAL, CESAL, Design Methods, Design CBR,
Materials, Structural Layer Thickness, Sc, fc, etc.)
Design parameters (design load, dimensions, bearing system, etc)
Flood elevation and scouring depth
Structural analysis and reinforcing design
Discharge and flow analysis
Location and sizes of drainage structures (RC Box culverts and
pipes) and road side drains
Slope stability analysis, countermeasure design, retaining wall
design
Scouring analysis and protection design
Location and type
Dimensions (length, height, etc)
Sub-soil classifications, CBR, PI
Soft ground, rock
Boring log (soil classification, SPT, depth of bearing layer)
Location, topographic and geotechnical condition, countermeasure
design and/or structures
Specifications, availability and sustainability, sources
Location of control points and coordinates, bench marks and
elevation
Location of curves, structures and road facilities (existing and
proposed)
Elevation of existing ground and finished grade
Extent of cut and fill
Location of cross pipes, ditches
Road width and pavement thickness
Location of cut and fill (especially high cut or fill), extent of cut and
fill slopes
Position of earth retaining structures/ slope protections
Plan, profile, elevation, structural details
Reinforcement schedule
Type, dimensions and locations
Reinforcement schedule
Road signs, guard rails, guide posts, Km posts, ROW posts, etc.
Bills of Quantity with quantity estimation reports
Any calculation errors
Project cost and unit price analysis
Environmental Management Plan(EMP)
Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC)
Parcellary Survey Drawings
Status of Land Acquisition and Resettlement
Existence of traffic diversion road and its capability
Villages and shops near ROW
Verify accident prone areas and sections that require additional road
signs and alignment improvement, etc.
(2)
Specifications
The DPWH Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airports, Vol. II,
2013 Edition and other special provisions shall be used.
(3)
Contract Documents
This shall include the following:
(a)
Contract Agreement
-
Contract ID Number, Contract Name and Location of the Contract
Description of the Project, Limits, Scope of Work and Quantities
Contract Amount and Duration
(b)
(c)
Conditions of the Contract

-
Advance and Progress Payments
Liquidated Damages, Retention, Price Escalation

Others
If an ambiguity or discrepancy is found in the documents, the implementing
official shall issue any clarification or instruction.
6.1.2
Study on Meteorological Condition
The meteorological condition influences not only the work progress but also quality and
cost. The Engineer should collect climate records including rainfall, typhoon, floods and other
hydrology conditions from the nearest PAGASA office and incorporate such conditions in the
implementation management plan.
2,400
2,200
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,200
Rainfall (mm
1,000
800
600
400
200
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004
Monthly Rainfall Variation (1992-2005)
Figure 6.2
6.1.3
Yearly Rainfall Variation (1992-2004)
Example of Rainfall Record
Pre-construction Survey
The Engineer shall conduct detailed pre-construction survey to verify the following:
6-3
The location and limits of the project;
Current road conditions;
Towns and villages situated within the project including public facilities such as
schools, hospitals, churches etc.;
6.1.4
Progress of ROW acquisition and resettlement;
Proposed disposal areas and quarry sites;
Possible access and detour roads; and
Others
Joint Site Inspection
A joint site inspection shall be conducted in order to be familiar with the project site.
Project briefing shall also be made during the inspection.
The participants and the scope of inspection are tabulated in Tables 6.2 and 6.3,
respectively.
Table 6.2
Entity
The Implementing Office
Participants for Site Inspection

Foreign-funded Project
Locally-funded Project
Consultants:
Project Engineer
Project Manager(PM)
Project Inspector
Other key staffs
Materials Engineer
Employer:
Other key staffs
Project Manager
Project Engineer
Other key staffs
The Contractor
6-4
Project Manager
Project Manager
Other key staffs
Other key staffs
Table 6.3
Scope of Inspection
Category
The Project itself
Scope
-
Start and end points(Limits)
Towns, villages and public facilities
Access road to the project site
Major items of work involved such as earthworks, pavement,

bridge etc.
Quarry sites and
Locations
Proposed locations
ROW Acquisition and
ROW status (land acquisition and resettlement)
Utility Relocation
Lot for Contractors temporary facilities
Environmental
Major Environmental issues stated in the ECC/EMP
Traffic Control
Existing traffic condition and road safety measures
Possible detour road
disposal areas
Planned Camp Site and
Plant Yard
6.1.5
Conduct of Pre-construction Meeting
The Engineershall conduct a pre-construction meeting with the Contractor to discuss,

among others, the following:
6-5
Table 6.4
Agenda for Pre-construction Meeting
Agenda
1
Officials and Personnel involved and

their respective
assignments/functions, duties and
responsibilities.
A)
Matters for Discussion

-
Information about the personnel involved namely:

Heads of Implementing Office and Contractors representatives.
Project Engineers, Quantity Engineers, Materials Engineers, Project
Inspectors and Administrative staffs
Functions/responsilbilities shall be clearly defined such as: preparation
of letters/memoranda, quantification of work accomplished,
preparation/submission of construction drawings and others.
Facilities for the Engineer including vehicles, office equipment,
supplies, furniture etc. as stipulated in the Contract
Set up operational and maintenance rules
Bar Chart/S-Curve and PERT/CPM
Payment (disbursement) schedule
Equipment and material schedule
Weekly and monthly schedule and progress monitoring
Confirm the required manpower/equipment to be provided
Work and inspection request and approval

Work days and working hours
Instruction and recording
Measurement and billing preparation
Contractor will explain any proposed deviations
Proposed sources
Quality tests and approval
Project laboratory and testing equipment
Preparation of Quality Control Program
Accredited Materials Engineer and testing laboratories
Proposed locations of Engineers and Contractors offices and project
laboratory
Batching Plant yards
Borrow and disposal sites
Supply of contract drawings
Control points and as-stake survey
Shop drawings preparation and approval
Maintenance and traffic management plans
Coordination with concerned agencies
Re-routing plan (if necessary)
Provision of suitable safety and health program in accordance with the
Department of Labor and Employment rules and regulations.
ROW acquisition including resettlement
Monthly Progress Report Preparation

Monthly Materials Quality Control Report preparation
To be submitted by the Contractor prior to mobilization
Coordination meetings with ROs and DEOs

Preparation of minutes of meeting
Project Bill Board
Labour Welfare and Safety
Utility Relocation
Approval of Contractors
Organizational Chart
2
Program of Work
Weekly/Monthly schedules and

progress meeting B)
Equipment and Manpower
Utilization
5
Work procedures
Methodologies
Material sources and borrow areas
Quality Control
Base camp, plant yard and disposal

areas
10
Preparatory Works
11
Existing road maintenance and traffic

control
12
Environmental Compliance
Certificate ,Environmental
Management and Safety Plans
13
Reports
14
Contractors All Risk Insurance

(CARI)
15
6-6
Others
(A)
Approval of Contractor's Organizational Chart

The Contractor shall submit his organizational chart for approval of the Engineer. The
organizational chart shall include the names of the PM, PE, Highway Engineer, Bridge
Engineer, ME and other key staffs.
The Contractor shall likewise submit their respective Curricula Vitae for approval of
the Engineer.
(a)
For Foreign-Funded Projects:

The PM shall be the head of the project and the delegated authority by his
Head office for the management of the project. A typical organizational chart is
shown in Figure 6.3.
(b)
For Locally-Funded Projects

The Contractors organization will vary depending on the contract size and
complexity. If large, it will be similar to the foreign-funded projects. The PM shall
be the head of the project and delegated the authority by his head office for
operation and management of the project. A typical organizational chart for medium
size contract is shown in Figure 6.4.
6-7
6-8
** BRIDGE ENGINEER
SUPPORT STAFF:
JR. ENGINEER
LABORERS
5.
** HIGHWAY ENGINEER
PROJECT MANAGER TO BE ASSIGNED SHALL BE THE SAME

PERSON AS INDICATED IN THE PQ DOCUMENT.
SUPPORT STAFF:
JR. ENGINEER
LABORERS
4. DRAINAGE & SLOPE

ENGINEER
Source: PJHL/DPWH
Figure 6.3
6.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
NO
SITE ENGINEERS/
FOREMAN
7. ** CONSTRUCTION
SUPERINTENDENT
NAME OF KEY STAFF
LABORATORY TECH.
LABORATORY AIDES
CLERK / TYPIST
** MATERIALS &
QUALITY
CONTROL ENGINEER
SAFETY
SUPERINTENDENT
ENVIRONMENTAL
SUPERVISOR
SAFETY SUPERVISOR
8.
NATIONALITY
PROJECT ENGINEER
* PROJECT MANAGER
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
NO
11.
FINANCE OFFICER
Example
NATIONALITY
SUPPORT STAFF
10. ADMINISTRATIVE
OFFICER
NAME OF KEY STAFF
SUPPORT PERSONNEL
9. PLANT / EQUIPMENT
MANAGER
Typical Organizational Chart of Contractor for Foreign-Funded Project
(2) ** THE POSITION NAME OF KEY PERSONNEL SHALL BE

DEEMED TO BE SAME AS INDICATED IN
PQ DOCUMENT
(1) *
NOTES:
SUPPORT STAFF:
JR. ENGINEER
LABORERS
3.
2.
1.
CONTRACTOR'S ORGANIZATIONAL CHART
Case 1
Proprietress
Liaison Officer
Construction Safety and Health
Personnel
Project Manager
Project Engineer
Material Quality
Control Engineer
Foreman
Laboratory Head
Labors, Masons, Steelmen,

Welders, Carpenters
Laboratory Technicians/Aids
Case 2
Head Office
Purchasing / Accounting
Project Manager
Project Engineer
Quality
Control Engineer (ME)
Civil Engineer
Mechanical Engineer
- Surveyor
- Foreman
- Leadman
- Steelman
- Mason
- Mechanic
- H.E.Operator
- Rigger
- Driver
- Helper
- Laboratory Technician
- Aid
- Laboratory Head
Safety Engineer
- Company Nurse
- Electrician
- Skilled Personnel
- Carpenter
- Labourer
Source: DPW H
Case1: Single Proprietorship,
Figure 6.4
Case 2: Corporation
Typical Organizational Chart of Contractor for Locally-Funded

Project
(B)
Weekly/Monthly Schedules and Progress Meetings

The Engineer shall be the organizer and the chairperson for these meetings. The
attendees shall be as shown in Table 5.4 and matters to be discussed are, but not limited
to, the following:
*
Appoval of the Minutes;
Work schedules and progresses (physical and financial);
6-9
Discussion on various problems and issues to draw action plans;
Guidance on project implementation and/or technical clarification; and
Other matters
In special circumstances, invitations may be extended to other parties such as the

local government units, utility companies, ROW committee and other concerned.
The secretary, who will be from the Implementing Office, Consultant or the
Contractor, shall be responsible for the preparation of the Minutes. The Minutes shall
contain points of interest and importance only.
The following shall be clearly stated:
*
Time and place of meeting;
Names of participants and who they represent;
Issues raised by whom;
What decisions were taken; and
Actions to be taken by whom and when.
The Minutes is a formal record and therefore, it must be duly signed.

Table 6.5
Entity
The
Attendees for Meeting
Implementing Consultants:
Office
Project Engineer*
Project Manager*
Project Inspector
Resident Engineer
Materials Engineer
Site Engineers
Other key staffs
Quantity Engineer
Materials Engineers
Other key staffs
Employer:
Project Manager
Project Engineer
Other key staffs
The Contractor
Project Manager
Project Manager
Deputy Project Manager / PE
Deputy Project Manager / PE
Site Engineer
Site Engineer
Materials Engineer
Materials Engineer
Plant Engineer
Plant Engineer
Safety Officer
Safety Officer
Other key staffs
Other key staffs
* Chairperson
6 - 10
6 - 11
Aggregate Base Course
201
Steel Sheet Pile Type II
Stone Masonry
Structural Excavation
Foundation fill
Reinforcing steel
Concrete Class A
Lean Concrete
1702(2)
1702(2)
1712(1)
1712(2)
1712(4)
D.A.No.4
D.A.No.5
27.35
27.35
594.72
594.72
671.40
671.40
985.08
985.70
m2
2
m3
m3
3
m
m3
m2
m2
Sta.4+200 - 5+200
Sta.12+800 - 13+200
Sta.4+200 - 5+200
Sta.12+800 - 13+200
(Sta.1+980-2+184)
No.7-10,
No.2, 4,
Sta.1+120-1+210(L)
Sta.1+120-1+210(L)
Sta.12+470 - 12+527
Sta.12+800 - 13+200
Sta.4+500 - 5+500
Source: PJHL / DPWH
Figure 6.5
(Name)
Contractor
Plant modification/improvement
Fabrication of reinforcement
Concrete Plant at Magdugo

Asphalt Plant at Magdugo
RCP at Base Camp
Prepared by
Pavement concrete for PCC t=200mm
Concrete Plant at Talisay
(Sta.16+140-16+540)
PRODUCTION
Aggregate Subbase
Foundation Conc.
Foundation Conc.
Foundation Conc.
(Sta.4+476-4+514)
(Sta.3+348-3+388)
(Sta.3+010-3+045)
Adjustment of Plant
200
207.66
m2
Sta.13+700 - 14+070
Crushing Plant at Magdugo
D.A.No.11
SPL105(4) Subgrade Improvement
Foundation fill
1711(1)
D.A.No.3
207.66
m2
Sta.8+000 - 8+800
771.00
m3
kg
3901.03
456.00
594.72
m3
m3
l.m.
To be Filled
(Peso)
AMOUNT
To be Filled
ESTIMATED
QUANTITY
9
MON
11
WED
MAY
12
THU
13
FRI
(Name)
Project Manager, Contractor
Submitted by
10
TUE
Typical Weekly Work Schedule
7095.00
m3
56.55
10350.00
771.00
2690.20
m3
4148.78
m3
l.m.
231.01
13475.62
5091.10
m3
m
l.m.
each
562.11
3865.96
m3
196.74
Sta.5+200 - 6+500
Sta.5+200 - 6+500
205.92
UNIT
PRICE
(Peso)
UNIT
m3
LOCATION
Steel sheet piling preparation (Sta.2+620-2+940)

works
1717(1)
1702(2)
D.A.No.2
D.A.No.1
Cleaning RCPC
Cleaning RCBC
503(3)
503(3)
Concrete Class B
405(2)
Drainage
Foundation Fill
Lean Concrete
103(2)
PCC Supporting Blocks
PCCP t=200mm
Aggregate Subbase
200
Removal of PCCP
101(3)
Subgrade Preparation
Surplus Unclassified Exc.
102(4)
105
Surplus Common Exc.
102(2)
Drainage & Slope Protection

Slope Protection
103(1)
Surface Course
Subbase / Base
Earth Works
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
NO.
MATERIALS
FLOOD
CONTROL
ROADWAY
CATEGORY
WEEKLY WORK SCHEDULPERIOD MAY 9TH - 15TH, 2005
(NAME OF CONTRACTOR)
(PROJECT NAME)
14
SAT
15
SUN
(Date)
(Foreman)
To be Filled
To be Filled
(Engineer)
Supervisor in Charge
6.1.6
Conduct of Joint As-stake Survey and Preparation of As-staked Plan
The Engineer shall monitor the conduct of joint as-stake survey in accordance with the
original plan. The Contractor shall then prepare and submit as-staked plans based on the
as-stake survey for review of the Engineer and approval of the implementing official. The
as-staked plans and the corresponding back-up quantity calculations must be completed
within a reasonable period from the commencement of the project. These shall reflect the
modifications, including changes in road alignment, types or main components of structures,
introduction of new work items and others.
The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of any error, omission or defects such
that these are reported to and decided by the implementing official on whether a Variation
Order is necessary.
The Engineer shall furnish the Contractor the horizontal and vertical control points and
other reference data for each element of the work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the true setting of the works or improvements,
correctness of positions, levels, dimensions, alignments and preservation of all stakes and
marks.
Established control points shall be within the tolerances as prescribed in the DPWH
Standard Design Guidelines, Criteria and Standards and DPWH Standard Specifications for
Highways, Bridges and Airports, Vol. II 2013 Edition. For supplemental reference, refer to
Table 6.6.
6 - 12
Table 6.6
Control Points and Tolerances

Tolerance
Control Point
Existing Government network
Local supplemental control points set from exisiting
Government network points
(4)
Centerline points -(PC), (PT), (POT), and (POC) including
references
Other centerline points
(5)
Cross section points and slope stakes
(5)
Slope stakes references
Culverts, diches and minor drainage structures
Retaining walls, curb and gutter
Bridge substructures
Bridge superstructures
Cleaning and grubbing limits
(7)
Roadway subgrade finish stakes
(7)
Roadway finish grade stakes
Horizontal
10 mm
10 mm
Vertical
(2)
8 mm K
3 mm N
10 mm
10 mm
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
20 mm
10 mm
10 mm
500 mm
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
20 mm
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
-- 50 mm
50 mm
(3)
(1) At 95% confidence level, tolerances are relative to existing Government network control points.
(2) K is the distance in kilometers.
(3) N is the number of instrument setups.
(4) Centerline points: PC - point of curve, PT - point of tangent, POT - point on tangent, POC - point on curve.
(5) Take the cross-sections normal to the centerline + 1 degree.
(6) Bridge control is established as a local network and the tolerances are relative to that network.
(7) Include paved ditches.
Source: Japan Standard
The approval of the As-staked plan does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
correcting errors discovered during the work and for bearing all additional costs associated
with the error, unless such error is based on incorrect data supplied in writing by the Engineer.
If there will be changes in the survey, the Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer to
facilitate prompt reestablishment of field controls.
Shown below is a sample flowchart of activities for as-stake survey and as-staked plan.
6 - 13
As-stake Survey and As-staked Plan Preparation

Period:May 1 June, 30,20___
Location: Sta.___________ Sta.____________
(2 months)
Schedule
The Contractor
The Project Engineer

(One Survey Team)
(Two Survey Teams)

Start
May 1,
Control Points
Survey
May 5
Road Centerline
Survey
Inventory / PCCP Condition Survey

including Sta. of each panels
Road Cross Section

Survey
May 20
Inventory of Cross
and Roadside
Drainages
May 25
Measurement of
Quantities for PCCP
Replacement
As-staked Plan
Preparation
June 15
Quantity and Cost

Comparison
Review and evaluation

of the Project Engineer
June 15
Clarification
Approval for
Implementation
June 30
Figure 6.6
Flowchart of activities for As-stake Survey and Approval of

As-staked Plan
6.1.7
Preparation and Processing of Variation Order (VO)
Variations may be initiated by the Engineer either by an instruction or by a request for

the Contractor to submit a proposal. The Contractor shall execute and be bound by each
Variation, unless he promptly gives notice to the Engineer stating that (i) He cannot readily
obtain the goods required for the Variation, or (ii) Variation triggers a substantial change in the
sequence or progress of the Works. Upon receiving the notice, the Engineer shall cancel,
confirm or vary the instruction.
6 - 14
Each Variation may include:

(a) Changes in the quantities of any item of work included in the Contract;
(b) Changes in the quality and other characteristics of any item of work;
(c) Changes in the elevations, positions and/or dimensions of any part of the Works;
(d) Omission of any work unless it is to be carried out by others;
(e) Any additional work, plant, materials or services necessary for the Permanent
Works, including any associated tests on completion, boreholes and other testing
and exploratory work; and
(f)
Changes in the sequence or timing of the execution of the Works.
The Contractor shall not make any alteration and/or modification of the Permanent
Works, unless and until the Engineer instructs or approves a Variation. The cumulative
amount of the VO should not exceed ten percent (10%) of the original project cost. The
addition or deletion of works should be within the general scope of the project as bid and
awarded.
A VO may either be in the form of a Change Order or Extra Work Order. A Change
Order is issued by the Engineer to cover any increase or decrease in quantities of original
work items in the contract. An Extra Work Order is issued by the Engineer to cover the
introduction of new work necessary for the completion, improvement or protection of the
project which were not included as items of work in the original contract
Any cumulative VO beyond ten percent (10%) shall be subject of another contract to be
bid out if the works are separable from the original contract in principle. In exceptional cases
where it is urgently necessary to complete the original scope of work, the Implementing
Office may authorize the Variation Order beyond ten percent (10%) but not more than twenty
percent (20%) subject to the guidelines to be determined by the Government Procurement
Policy Board (GPPB).
In claiming for any VO, the Contractor shall, within seven (7) calendar days after such
work has been commenced or after the circumstances leading to the extra cost, and within
twenty-eight (28) calendar days, deliver a written notice to the Engineer. The notice should
include full and detailed particulars of any extra cost. Failure to provide either of such notices
in the time stipulated shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor for any claim.
The preparation and submission of VOs are as follows:
(a) If the Engineer believes that a Change Order or Extra Work Order should be
issued, he shall immediately instruct his technical staff to conduct an on-the-spot
investigation to verify the need for the work;
6 - 15
(b) The Engineer, after being satisfied that such Change Order or Extra Work Order is
justified and necessary, shall review the estimated quantities and prices and
forward the proposal with the supporting documentation to the Implementing
Office for consideration; and
(c) After review of the plans, quantities and estimated unit cost of the items of work
involved, the DPWH will review and evaluate Change Orders or Extra Work
Orders for approval.
Prior clearance is required to provide for efficient implementation and management.
All requests for Prior Clearance to Issue Variation Order on Civil Works and/or
Consultancy Services Contracts shall be submitted by the Implementing Office(IO)
directly to the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Operations concerned, for review and
recommendation in accordance with DO No. 12, Series of 2009.
Prior clearance to issue variation order should not be taken as an outright approval
for the variation order itself. A "request for prior clearance" should only be for the
approving official to establish the need for additional works/variations. As such, the
request need not be supported by voluminous supporting documents normally required
for the review/evaluation of plans and proposed variation orders. Only the basic
documents required under the Memorandum of the Secretary dated 25 August 2003 shall
be submitted. To facilitate the review process, the IO shall provide a corresponding
Executive Summary using the standard format as shown in Figure 6.7. A routine slip
which includes a checklist of required supporting documents shall likewise be prepared
by the IO.
6 - 16
Figure 6.7
Executive Summary
After the review of the request by the concerned Assistant Secretary for Operations, the
same shall be forwarded to the Office of the Undersecretary for Operations concerned, prior to
6 - 17
the approval/disapproval of the Secretary. If the request involves additional funding, then it
shall be referred to the Planning Service for evaluation and recommendation.
DO No.03, Series of 2005 must be noted in line with DO No. 17, Series of 2007 that:
*
No work shall be commenced covering any Variation Order (Change Order/ Extra
Work Order) of foreign or locally funded projects without the Request for Prior
Clearance being first approved by the Secretary;
No Services pertaining to any Addendum/ Re-alignment/ Supplemental Agreement of

foreign or local consultant shall be commenced without first securing approval of the
Request for Prior Clearance to Issue Addendum / Realignment/ Supplemental
Agreement;
Works undertaken by the Contractor or Services performed by the Consultant in

violation of the above shall not be paid by the DPWH (Implementing Office) and shall
be deemed personal liability of the person who authorized the commencement of the
work; and
All officials and employees who allowed the commencement of such work shall be
liable administratively after hearing, pursuant to existing Civil Service Laws, Rules
and Regulations.
6.2 Project Management

Project Management is a control system designed to accomplish a project within the
prescribed quality, cost and duration. It is one of the advanced approaches for project
implementation in order to attain minimum life cycle cost and maximum benefit for the public
on long-term aspects. It is comprised of time (schedule), cost (finance), quality assurance and
safety/environment management as illustrated in the following figure.
PLAN
(Design)
REVIEW
(Evaluation)
Minimum Life
Cycle Cost &
Maximum
Benefit for
Public
Time
(Schedule)
DO
(Construction)
Cost
(Finance)
Quality
Project
Management Assurance
Safety
& EMP
OPERATION
(Maintenance)
Project Cycle Management Approach
Figure 6.8
6 - 18
Components of Project Management
Project Management
In pursuing not only a road project, effective control of resources and proper time
management without compromising the quality is of utmost concern. DPWH has its existing
policies/requirements/acceptable practices taken from different management approaches that
could be used by the Engineer to manage projects and discover their own approach later on.
The Engineer should learn to organize a group that can function productively with
optimum resources under minimum supervision. A thorough study of the project needs must
be done so that the framework of workforce could be set in diagram or chart to analyze and
realize a good organization set up.
6.2.1
Mobilization/Demobilization
The Contractor shall mobilize the required minimum plants, equipment, temporary
facilities and personnel for implementation of the project as stipulated in the Contract.
The work and activities shall include the following:
*
The purchase and/or rental of all land required for the Contractors base camps and
construction activities. The location of base camps shall be subject to the approval of
the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide sufficient area required for scheduled
operations of rock/gravel crushing plant, asphalt and concrete production plants, and
other requirements for the completion of the Works;
Mobilization and installation of construction plant from existing locations or port of

unloading to the project sites;
The construction and maintenance of the Contractors base camps including offices,
living quarters, workshops, stores, etc.;
Mobilization and demobilization of the Contractors Equipment and work forces; and
Demobilization of the sites occupied by the Contractor at the end of the Contract
including the removal of all installations, construction plants and equipment.
Only the equipment and plants appropriate to produce the required quality of work and
materials shall be permitted to operate on the project. The Contractor shall provide
appropriate equipment and plants to meet the construction requirements, and when ordered by
the Engineer, shall remove unsuitable equipment from the work or stop the operation.
The Contractor shall not demobilize and/or use the mobilized equipment for other
projects without prior written approval of the Engineer.
6.2.2
Provision of Project Billboard
The Contractor shall install Project Billboards at least one (1) at the beginning and
another one (1) at the end of the project at locations designated by the Engineer prior or upon
6 - 19
commencement of the Works. It shall be fabricated in conformity with the DO No.83, Series
of 2005 Installation of Revised Project Billboard Requirements.
6.2.3
Work Program
The Contractor shall, within ten (10) calendar days from receipt of the Notice of Award,
submit to the Implementing Office, for approval, complete documentary requirements to
include work program that contains the following:
(1)
Construction Schedule
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an approved construction schedule
indicating the sequences of works to be implemented, the planned rates of progress and
the estimated periods of time for execution andcompletion as well as the corresponding
cash flow.
(a)
Pert/CPM
Is a network diagram showing all activities or events for the completion of the
project within the contract period. It gives emphasis on the activities along the
critical path. The Engineer shall review and provide comments as follows:
*
Whether the quantities of the works to be executed agree with the construction
period, construction plant/equipment, materials and manpower schedule.
Whether the basic sequence of works meets the requirements of the Contract.
Whether the program makes opportunities available for other Contractors and the
requirements of other authorities such as utility owners in relation to service lines
relocation.
Whether the program is realistic in relation to the seasons and other constraints,
including financial capacity of the Contractor.
6 - 20
(b) Bar Chart with S-curve
A time-sequenced Bar Chart based on the Pert/CPM diagram with the progress
S-curve, indicating the monthly progress estimates of accomplishments in every major
6 - 21
Source: PJHL/DPWH
2.5 Separate Landslide

Movement Observation in
Activity 4->14 from others
since this shall be a
continuous activity up to the
end of construction period.
2.4 Do not connect Activity 3>15, Activity 15->25 (bridge)

and Activity 25-> 39 since
those are not related each
Add a separate activity

for Seal Coat for
Damaged PCCP, etc. for
a duration of 3-months.
2.7 Earliest Start and Latest

Start Date computation in some
activities are wrong, please
calculate again and correct
accordingly
2.2
1
0
2.5
2.4
01
6 0 C.D.
M ove -in
02
60
60
60
60
60
60
04
120
9 0 C.D.
120
120
150
150
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
2.6
1 5 0 C.D.
7 2 0 C.D.
300
17
19
3 0 0 C.D.
480
22
1 5 0 C.D.
Gab io n Bo x & Ga bion Mattress
1 5 0 C.D.
14
200 210
230
240
15
1 8 0 C.D.
F LOOD C ONT R OL & DRAINAGE

S te el S he et Piles
330
4 8 0 C.D.
3 0 0 C.D.
R EP AI R OF S IX ( 6) BRIDGES
2 1 0 C.D.
Example of Pert/CPM
320
20
21

S tr uctu ra l Co ncre te , Gr outed Riprap
& S to ne M asonry
440 450
1 8 0 C.D.
3 3 0 C.D.
530 540
25
530 540
24
1 8 0 C.D.
6 0 C.D.
32
590
590
600
28
600
27
690
30
630
31
29
24
Example
23
9 0 C.D.
I nsta lat io n of
R oad Signs
660
33
3 0 C.D.
C omp lete
S ubbase
( Sho uld er)
660 660
34
37
38
1 5 0 C.D.
680
690
40
680 690
39
680 690
3 0 C.D.
M ove -out
690 690
35
680 690
36
680 690
41
720
720
Note:
Comments in red color
630
630 660
9 0 C.D.
P avem en t Ma rkings
& R ef le ct or ized
P ave men t S tuds
1 2 0 C.D.
630
620
630
I nsta lat o
i n of M et al Guardrail
S od ding &
T ree Plant ing

S eed -Mu d S pra yo n S lopes
620
22
2.6 Activity 19->30

Cleaning/Reconditioning of
Pipe Culvert & Box Culvert
should be completed before the
next rainy season (June July
2005) as much as practical
21
2.3 Activity 18->34, Start AC

Pavement & Continue PCC
C oncret e C urb , R igh t-o f-Way Mon ume nt,
Pavement (200mm & 300mm)
M ain t. Dra ina ge Mar ker Po st & K M P ost
be separated to two (2) activities
20
C om plet e Ma so nr y Lined Canal
S ta rt A C Pa ve me nt & C on tinu e PC C Pa ve me nt ( 200 mm & 300 mm thick)
16

Dre dg in g of R iverbed
& E mb an kment
330 330
18
260 270
1 5 0 C.D.
S ta rt P CC P avem en t (2 00 m m & 300 mm thick)
4 5 0 C.D.
C ont inu e Laying of Agg reg ate Su bba se & B ase Co urse
4 8 0 C.D.
S tar t E xca vat ion , E mba nkm ent , S ubg rad e P rep ara tio n & Su bgr ade Im provement
2.3 AC Pavement (Binder, Wearing Course, Crack Relief Layer)
3 6 0 C.D.
C on tinu e Re mo va l of E xist in g PC CP , ACP & RCPC
330 330
470
C le an in g / Re co nd ti o
i ning o f Pipe C ulve rt & BoxCulvert
1 8 0 C.D.
Grou ted Ripra p, Sto ne Masonry

& Ru bble C oncrete
23
470 480
19
26
290
3 0 0 C.D.
C on cr et e Line d Ca na l & Ma so nr y Ln
i ed Canal
18
560 570
Figure 6.9
1 5 0 C.D.
Obser va tion & I nvestiga tion
T op og ra ph ic , Ge olog ic al, Su bsoilStrata

S ur ve y, Lan dslide M ovement
11
13
C le ar in g & Gr ub bing , Removalof

T re es & E xcavation
1 8 0 C.D.
10
200 210
2 1 0 C.D.
180 180
120 120
6 0 C.D.
11
S ta rt Laying of
S ubba se &
B ase Co urse
1 8 0 C.D.
C on tinu e La ying of RCPC
180
09
R CP C Co ncre te C at ch B asin & M ason ryCatch Basin
180
12
08
P ro vide , Op er at e an d Ma in ta in F acilit ie s fo r th e En gine er , Ge ne ra l Ro ad M aint en an ce , Co nt in ue s De live ry o f Construction Materials, Stake-out Survey
07
S ta rt R em oval o f Existing
P CCP , A CP & R CPC
C on tinu e Clea ring & Grubbing
& R em oval o f Trees
06
120 120
120 120
110
05
Deto ur Roa d f or Dam age d A rea s Nos. 11 , 1 2, 13 & 14 and

R em oval & S to ck o f Exis ting T em po ra ry S teelBridge
6 0 C.D.
Gru bb in g & Re moval

o f T rees
S tar t C lea rin g &
E AR THWORKS
6 0 C.D.
S ta rt Laying
o f R CPC
( In it ia l De l. of
R CP C Ma te rials)
03
PERT / CPM OF NAGA - TOLEDO ROAD PROJECT

Assume that the
UNDER ARTERIAL ROAD LINKS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT,
PHASE
IV1st month will
2.1 be October 2004 and show
rainy seasons of the project
PROVINCE OF CEBU
6.797
5 4,750, 354.64
R em oval o f Exis ting P CC P, A C Pa ve me nt & R C Pipe Culvert
E xcavat o
i n (Unsuita ble, C om mo n, Har d Ro ck, Un classified, etc.)
2.802
2.637
2 2,571, 859.24
2 1,242, 563.16
C on cr et e Line d Canal
M ason ry Lin ed Canal
0.105
8 43,954.25
T ota l f or Par t J
S eed -Mu d S pra yo n S lopes
Dra in ag e & Re mo va l & St ock of E xist in g Te mp or ar ySteelBridge
T OT AL
S CHEDULED C AS H FLOW
P ROGR ES S SC HE DULE
Daywo rk / P ro vision al S um
Source: PJHL/DPWH
P AR T K
0 .0 36
0 .3 13
0 .1 84
0 .2 89
0 .1 64
0 .2 81
0 .1 10
0 .2 31
0 .0 56
0 .3 87
0 .6 48
0 .3 78
0 .4 67
0 .3 60
0 .0 35
5 .0 99
9 3 .8 16
Figure 6.10
C UM ULAT IVE
M ONTHLY
1 6 .7 11
8 8 .7 17
8 3 .3 13
7 7 .1 05
2 1 .0 87
7 0 .0 57
6 3 .0 39
5 6 .0 18
1 7 .9 17
5 0 .0 21
4 4 .0 35
3 8 .1 01
QUA RT ER LY
1 7 .6 38
3 2 .1 92
2 6 .3 20
2 0 .4 63
1 5 .1 40
1 0 .5 08
6 .3 66
4 .1 48
2 .5 64
1 .8 00
1 .2 78
0 .6 39
C UM ULAT IVE
1 00.00
1 4 .0 97
5 .4 04
6 .2 08
7 .0 48
7 .0 18
7 .0 21
5 .9 97
5 .9 86
5 .9 34
5 .9 09
5 .8 72
5 .8 57
5 .3 23
4 .6 32
4 .1 42
2 .2 18
1 .5 84
0 .7 64
0 .5 22
0 .6 39
0 .6 39
M ONTHLY
8 05,600 ,004.69
4 .5 66
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
1 .8 00
0 .0 32
0 .0 40
0 .0 43
0 .0 41
0 .0 39
0 .0 35
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
0 .0 88
2.110
1 2.207
0 .0 88
1 7,000, 000.00
9 8,339, 611.03
0 .0 88
0 .5 33
0 .0 88
0 .0 61
0 .0 69
0 .0 81
0 .0 70
0 .0 55
0 .1 12
0 .1 35
0 .1 55
0 .2 26
0 .2 19
0 .2 25
0 .3 11
0 .3 67
0 .3 43
0 .2 72
0 .2 60
0 .3 55
0 .4 02
0 .0 53
0 .0 52
0 .0 88
0 .0 50
0 .0 53
0 .0 66
0 .0 56
0 .4 15
0 .5 61
0 .6 25
0 .6 98
0 .1 02
0 .1 47
0 .2 20
0 .2 10
0 .3 01
0 .2 50
0 .1 62
0 .1 82
0 .1 44
0 .1 86
0 .1 06
0 .1 42
0 .1 34
0 .3 31
0 .3 48
0 .5 09
0 .0 99
0 .1 26
0 .0 81
0 .3 95
0 .1 20
0 .0 98
0 .1 50
0 .1 87
0 .2 32
0 .2 39
0 .2 78
0 .2 01
0 .2 19
0 .2 20
0 .2 18
0 .2 14
0 .2 06
0 .0 06
0 .2 34
1 .6 99
1 .1 81
0 .1 95
0 .0 11
1 .9 51
1 .6 46
0 .2 18
0 .0 06
0 .2 28
2 .1 75
2 .0 30
0 .1 15
21
0 .1 07
0 .0 17
0 .2 43
0 .2 81
0 .4 05
0 .3 39
0 .0 97
0 .2 46
0 .0 06
Example
0 .1 14
0 .3 22
0 .2 11
0 .0 06
20
0 .1 07
0 .1 40
0 .4 61
1 .9 83
2 .3 25
0 .1 08
0 .1 42
0 .5 76
0 .2 26
0 .0 06
19
0 .1 07
0 .0 23
0 .4 78
1 .9 40
2 .0 93
0 .1 55
0 .1 48
0 .6 47
0 .2 31
0 .0 06
18
0 .1 07
0 .1 36
0 .2 80
17
0 .1 07
0 .0 26
0 .0 24
0 .4 87
1 .6 51
1 .6 46
0 .3 04
0 .1 72
0 .9 40
0 .2 40
0 .0 06
0 .3 45
0 .5 08
1 .0 08
0 .9 99
0 .5 63
0 .1 88
0 .7 29
0 .2 48
0 .0 06
16
0 .1 07
0 .0 21
0 .5 47
0 .8 64
0 .9 90
0 .4 61
0 .1 72
0 .1 73
0 .6 47
0 .2 54
0 .0 06
15
0 .1 07
0 .3 87
0 .2 88
14
0 .1 07
0 .0 18
0 .0 12
0 .1 04
0 .0 54
0 .4 79
1 .0 27
1 .2 88
0 .4 19
0 .1 68
0 .1 97
0 .4 04
0 .2 66
0 .0 06
0 .1 08
0 .2 65
0 .3 71
0 .0 52
0 .5 04
0 .8 98
1 .2 48
0 .3 79
0 .1 76
0 .2 62
0 .3 94
0 .3 08
0 .0 07
0 .1 08
(month)
0 .0 11
0 .4 56
1.3(2)
1.3(2)
0 .0 53
0 .0 43
0 .0 48
0 .4 65
1 .6 01
1 .1 20
0 .1 68
0 .3 41
0 .3 53
0 .2 96
0 .0 07
0 .1 08
13
1.3 Avoid some major

works in the mid-rainy
season
0 .0 81
0 .1 17
0 .1 54
0 .0 35
0 .0 34
1.4
0 .1 80
0 .4 31
1 .7 42
0 .9 98
0 .1 72
0 .2 96
0 .3 32
0 .2 88
0 .0 07
0 .0 27
0 .3 59
1 .1 09
1.3(1)
0 .9 31
0 .1 60
0 .2 38
0 .0 28
0 .3 12
0 .2 76
0 .0 07
0 .1 08
0 .1 60
1 .0 66
0 .7 45
0 .1 47
0 .0 48
0 .3 00
0 .2 59
0 .0 07
0 .1 08
12
D U R A T I O N
0 .0 88
0.230
0.386
0.281
0 .1 25
1 .0 42
0 .5 02
0 .1 10
0 .0 61
0 .2 55
0 .2 26
0 .1 18
0 .0 07
0 .1 08
11
0 .0 87
1 ,848, 552.50
3 ,111, 166.39
Deto ur Roa d f or Dam age d A rea s No. 11, 12 , 1 3 & 14 , Late ral Underground
Obser va tion & S ub so il I nvestigation
2 ,262, 540.02
3.414
2 7,506, 411.40
S te el S he et Piles
T op og ra hic, Geo lo gica l & Su bsoil St ra ta S ur ve y, Lan dslide Movement
2.772
2 2,332, 795.85
0.843
1.952
6 ,788, 280.10
2.329
1 5,723, 749.87
1 8,766, 114.90
Dre dg in g of R v
i er be d, F ou nd at io n Fill& Embankment
4 .957
S tr uctu ra l Co ncre te , Gr ou te d Ripr ap C la ss A & Stone Masonry
C le ar in g & Gr ub bing , Re mo va l of T re es & Excavation
F loo d C ont rol an d Drainage
T ota l f or Par t H
3 9,936, 007.28
1.460
1 1,763, 819.25
P avem en t Ma rkin gs & R ef le to rize d Pavement Studs
S odd ing & Tre e P a

l n ting
1.649
1 1,228, 883.12
1.394
0.349
2 ,813, 069.16
1 3,286, 281.50
War ning , Re gu la to ry & P ro je ct I nformation Sign
9 .219
M et al Gua rdrail
C on cr et e Cu rb , Righ t- of -Way M on um en t, M aint . Dr ain Marker Post & KM Post
M is ce lan eo us S tr uctures
T ota l f or Par t G
7 4,268, 962.84
0.858
6 ,915, 151.80
Note:
Comments in red color
P AR T J
P AR T H
1.565
1 2,611, 013.24
Gro ut ed R ip ra p Class A, S to ne M ason ry & Rubble Concrete
0.169
1 ,359, 056.06
C le an in g / Re co nd ti io ning o f Pipe C ulve rt & BoxCulvert
0 .0 60
1.4 Work to be
completed by the
coming rainy season
0.258
2 ,081, 445.47
R CP C Co ncre te C at ch B asin & M ason ryCatch Basin
0.930
7 ,487, 873.87
Layin g of P ip e Cu lver t & Un de rd ra in P erforated PVC Pipe
Dra in ag e & Slop e Pr ot ection Structures
4 .719
Example of Bar Chart with S-Curve
5 ,1 4 7 ,7 8 4.03
5 ,1 4 7 ,7 8 4.03
P AR T G
3 8,016, 454.23
5 ,1 4 7 ,7 8 4.03
1 0 ,2 9 5 ,5 6 8.06
B ridg e Co nstr uction
2 3.381
3 9.882
4 ,2 0 5 ,2 3 2.02
1 4 ,5 0 0 ,8 0 0.08
P ART F
1 88,354 ,461.35
3 21,287 ,716.15
P CC P avem en t (2 00 m m & 300 mm thick)
1 6.501
0 .1 44
0 .0 65
6 ,1 5 4 ,7 8 4.04
2 0 ,6 5 5 ,5 8 4.12
T ota l f or Par t E
1 32,933 ,254.80
A sp ha lt P avem en t (B in de r, Wea ring C ou rse & Cr ackRelief Layer)
0 .1 38
0 .0 53
1 2 ,7 6 0 ,7 0 4.07
3 3 ,4 1 6 ,2 8 8.19
S urf ace Co urse
7 .495
1 5.230
0 .0 52
1 7 ,8 6 8 ,2 0 8.10
5 1 ,2 8 4 ,4 9 6.30
P ART E
6 0,376, 294.44
0 .0 44
0 .2 11
0 .2 17
0 .1 32
0 .0 07
0 .1 08
3 3 ,3 6 7 ,9 5 2.19
8 4 ,6 5 2 ,4 4 8.49
S ubb ase & Base C ourse
2.252
1 8,144, 589.50
S ubg rad e P rep ara tio n & Su bgr ade Im provement
0 .0 38
0 .1 29
0 .1 55
0 .1 56
0 .0 29
0 .1 08
10
3 7 ,3 1 5 ,3 9 2.22
1 2 1 ,9 6 7 ,8 40.71
P AR T D
1 22,691 ,788.80
1.507
1 2,144, 013.99
E mb an km en t (f ro m Ro ad wa y Exca va tion & S elected Borrow)
0 .0 32
0 .1 41
0 .1 40
0 .1 08
09
1 6 4 ,8 4 9 ,9 28.96
T ota l f or Par t C
0.303
2 ,443, 010.10
0 .1 21
0 .0 06
0 .1 08
08
2 1 2 ,0 3 3 ,9 21.23
F ou nd at io n Fill, Sh or in g of P an gd an B ridg e & Pipe Culvert & Drain Exc.
0.668
3.703
5 ,379, 838.54
2 9,829, 982.03
C le ar in g & Gr ub bing , Re mo va l of T re es/E xist in g Structures
0 .0 06
0 .4 37
0 .1 08
07
4 7 ,3 0 4 ,8 3 2.28
2 5 9 ,3 3 8 ,7 53.51
E ar th wo rks
0 .0 06
0 .4 36
0 .1 08
06
4 7 ,6 0 2 ,9 0 4.28
3 0 6 ,9 4 1 ,6 57.79
P AR T C
1.094
0.506
4 ,076, 068.55
1 .600
8 ,815, 000.00
1 2,891, 068.55
Gene ral Ro ad Mainte nan ce, Se al Coa t f or Dam age d P CCP, etc.
0 .1 08
05
4 7 ,8 0 4 ,3 0 4.28
3 5 4 ,7 4 5 ,9 62.07
T ota l f or Par t B
M ob iliz at io n an d De mo bilization
1 .689
04
4 8 ,2 2 3 ,2 1 6.28
4 0 2 ,9 6 9 ,1 78.35
1.2
2 0,792, 101.37
03
4 8 ,3 1 1 ,8 3 2.28
4 5 1 ,2 8 1 ,0 10.63
F acilit ie s fo r th e Engineer
02
5 6 ,5 6 1 ,1 7 6.33
5 0 7 ,8 4 2 ,1 86.96
Oth er Gen er al R eq uirements
01
5 6 ,5 3 7 ,0 0 8.33
5 6 4 ,3 7 9 ,1 95.29
P AR T A
OK
% WT.
5 6 ,7 7 8 ,6 8 8.33
6 2 1 ,1 5 7 ,8 83.62
P AR T B
AMOUNT
5 0 ,0 1 1 ,6 4 8.29
6 7 1 ,1 6 9 ,5 31.91
D E S C R I P TI O N
4 2 ,8 8 2 ,0 8 8.25
4 3 ,5 3 4 ,6 2 4.25
7 1 4 ,7 0 4 ,1 56.16
ITEM NO.
Assume that the 1st month will
UNDER ARTERIAL ROAD LINKS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT,

PHASE
be October
2004 IV
and the rainy
season is from June to
PROVINCE OF CEBU
1.1
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF NAGA - TOLEDO ROAD PROJECT
4 7 ,1 8 3 ,9 9 2.27
4 1 ,0 7 7 ,5 4 4.24
6 - 22
7 5 5 ,7 8 1 ,7 00.40
1.2 Divide General Road Maintenance, Seal Coat

for Damaged PCCP,etc. to two sub-items by pay
item
pay item in terms of percentages or quantities.It is used to determine whether the
project is ahead or behind schedule.
(c)
Construction Methodology
This shall embody a narrative description of the order of procedure in which
the Contractor proposes to carry out each main item of work. This shall conform to
the approved Pert/CPM.
(d)
Contractor's Organizational Chart

This is a structural chart showing the hierarchical order of personnel the
Contractor shall assign for superintendence on the execution of the Works and the
respective duties, roles, etc., of every component of the chart.
(e)
Manpower and Equipment Utilization Schedules

The Engineer shall ensure that the Contractor complies with the number of
manpower at site based on the submitted Manpower Schedule. Likewise, he shall
ensure that the Contractor is maintaining the required number, good working
condition equipment until completion of the project.
6 - 23
6 - 24
Aurora Fabro
Jasmin Salandanan
Jose Leonides David
Salvador Meriel
Eugene Torralba
Santos Lucila
Rolando Jimenez
Bernabe Quitoriano
Sr. Struct Engr (2)
Sr. Struct Engr (3)
Sr. Struct Engr (4)
Sr. Highway Engr
Struc/Br Insp (1)
Struc/Br Insp (2)
Struc/Br Insp (3)
Struc/Br Insp (4)
Eugene Torralba
Marianne Molina
Liza Gonzales
Glory Grace Quebral
Jonas Marasigan
Pablo Joya
Janet Ferrer
Josie Adame
Alexander Villafuerte
Nancy Catapusan
Violeta Mallorca
Josephine Angeles
Maricel Mendoza
Sammy Kamad
Joselito Arciaga
Jr. Struct Engr (2)
Jr. Struct Engr (3)
Jr. Struct Engr (4)
Jr. Highway Engr
Jr. Geotech Engr
Jr. Drainage Engr
Jr. Cost Engr
Jr. Specs Doc Writer
Draftsman/CADD (1)
Draftsman/CADD (2)
Admin/Secretary
Typist/Encoder (1)
Typist/Encoder (2)
Utility/Janitor
Driver
1999
2000
2001
Example of Manpower Schedule
J AS OND J FMAM J ND J FMAMOND J FMAM J J AS OND
1998
Figure 6.11
Rhonda Amores
Jr. Struct Engr (1)
SCHEDULE
ACTUAL
ACTUAL (ON-CALL)
Dionisio Tandingan
Sr. Survey Engr
LEGEND:
Helen Difuntorum
Cost/Doc Engr
Hydro/Drain Engr
Venancio Buenconsejo
Melodina Tuao
Geotech/Found Engr
Benjamin A. Domingo, Jr.
Sr. Struct Engr (1)
NAME
Chief Engineer
POSITION
37.00
33.00
24.00
30.50
36.00
32.50
32.50
27.00
12.00
6.00
12.00
19.00
29.50
31.00
24.00
15.50
6.00
33.50
15.00
9.00
8.00
8.00
9.50
6.50
6.00
24.00
28.50
35.00
37.00
MAN
MOS.
45.00
40.19
32.27
40.58
28.11
38.75
41.01
34.79
16.10
10.53
10.50
30.20
36.94
39.49
20.45
26.28
3.77
41.84
26.54
8.77
8.73
10.50
7.16
5.53
16.77
36.94
37.45
40.61
36.77
MM
USED
(CUMM)
-8.00
-7.19
-8.27
-10.08
7.89
-6.25
-8.51
-7.79
-4.10
-4.53
1.50
-11.20
-7.44
-8.49
3.55
-10.78
2.23
-8.34
-11.54
-0.77
-0.73
-1.00
-0.66
0.47
7.23
-36.94
-8.95
-5.61
0.23
MM
REMAINING
6 - 25
Source: CAR/DPWH
Figure 6.12
Example of Equipment Utilization Schedule
Example
(f)
Cash Flow and Payment Schedule

This shall show a cash flow estimate, in monthly and quarterly periods, of all
payments the Contractor will be entitled to receive under the Contract.
The Engineer shall have the right to reject any part of the original programs
submitted with the Bid even if the Bid is accepted and to require the Contractor to
revise the original programs to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to the award
and signing of the Contract Agreement. The Contractor shall not commence the
execution of the Works without such requirements.
The construction schedule shall be revised and resubmitted at intervals as
required by the Engineer. In addition, the Contractor shall immediately advise the
PE any proposed changes in the construction schedule. Any changes in the
construction schedule shall show construction operations for each item of work
from the time of Notice to Proceed to the anticipated completion date, thereby
indicating the periods where works were delayed as well as estimated future periods
of construction operations to negate the delay. Each revised construction schedule
shall be related to the original construction schedule and shall show months ahead
or behind the schedule for both completed activities and future activities.
6.2.4
Straight Line Diagram
A straight line diagram is a visual monitoring method showing the work plan and
accomplishment on a diagram as shown in Figure 6.13. It will give information on where
work is planned, ongoing and completed.
6.2.5
Value Engineering
The Contractor may, at any time, submit to the Engineer a written proposal which in the
Contractors opinion, if adopted, will i) accelerate completion, ii) reduce the cost to the
Employer in executing, maintaining or operating the Works, iii) improve the efficiency or
value to the Employer of the completed Works, or iv) otherwise be of benefit to the Employer.
The proposal shall be prepared at the cost of the Contractor, if a proposal, which is approved
by the Engineer, includes a change in the design of part of the Permanent Works.
6 - 26
6 - 27
2.0m
6.7m
2.0m
Source: PJHL/DPWH
L = 40.00m.
L = 237.00m.
Damaged No.3
Sta.3+010.00 Sta.3+050.00
L = 40.00m.
L=17.649km
Lutak Bridge
Sta.12+302.216
12
L = 39.00m.
Damaged No.5
Sta.4+475.00 Sta.4+514.00
L = 50.00m.
Sta.5+520.00
Sta.5+470.00 -
ACP
T=200m m
L=3.965km
L=1.501km
Uling 1 Bridge
L= 27.00m.
ACP
Overlay
AC
Sta.17+640.000
PAVEMENT WORKS
L = 84.00m.
L = 400.00m.
11
Damaged No.11
Sta.16+080.00 Sta.16+480.00
12
L=1.923km
T=150m m
Sta.19+070.00 -
L = 300.00m.
14
L = 230.00m.
Sta.19+300.00
21
L=0.124km
Section 3
Example of Straight Line Diagram
32
33
34
& Drainage
Shoulder Pavement
Section 4
Slope Protection Works
35 km
City Hall
Toledo
Toledo
City Hall
Toledo
City Hall
2.0m
6.1m
2.0m
Toledo City Hall
Sta.34+440.000
Shoulder Pavement (ACP)

(Town Area)
L=2.374km
Section 4
Drainage Improvement
Scouring Protection Works
LEGEND
Jct.Sangi
Sta.32+066.000
31
LEGEND
Work completed by Last Month
Work Accomplished in this Month
Work under construction
Sta.25+076.628-25+103.628
L= 27.00m.
Sub Base
(T=250mm)
Balud Bridge
L=11.562km
Section 3
Base (T=200mm)
T=60m m
ACP
22
Miscellaneous Works
AC Overlay
on Existing AC
Jct.Poog
Damaged No.14
13
Damaged No.13
Sta.17+280.00 Sta.17+580.00
L = 220.00m.
Sta.16+940.00
Sta.16+720.00 -
Damaged No.12
BRIDGE REHABILITATION WORKS
L=0.821km
20
Sta.20+504.000
ACP
AC Const.
Section 2
ACP
L=3.229km
T=150m m T=200m m
ACP
AC Const.
Sta.16+140.000
19
Section 2
18
Jct.Lutopan
Sta.17+280.000
17
PROFILE (SECTION A-A)
Damaged No.10
Sta.10+926.00 Sta.11+010.00
10
PLAN
ACP
AC Overlay on Exsit.PCCP
Sta.12+252.761-12+302.761
L= 50.00m.
10
16
SLOPE AND SCOURING PROTECTION WORKS FOR MAJOR DAMAGED AREAS
L = 120.00m.
Sta.10+380.00 Sta.10+500.00
9
4
Damaged No.9
Figure 6.13
L = 35.00m.
Damaged
No.7
4
Sta.6+825.00 Sta.6+860.00
Damaged No.6
Sta.8+841.590-8+868.590
L= 27.00m.
15
Project Road L=34.814km
14
Replacement of Damaged
PCCP
13
Uling 2 Bridge
Section 1
11
Sta.12+753.873-12+780.873
L= 27.00m.
Sta.5+637.219-5+702.219
L= 65.00m.
Sta.3+390.00
10
Jaguimit Bridge
Pangdan Bridge
Sta.3+350.00 -
Major Works
Section 1
STRAIGHT LINE DIAGRAM FOR _WORK ACCOMPLISHMENT OF JUNE 2005 (Example)

7
Sta.5+965.308-5+992.308
BASE T=200m m
Damaged No.4
Shoulder pavement (ACP), Slope > 4% OR Se>7%
PCCP T=300m m
L= 12.543km
Sta.2+890.00
L=290.00M
Reconstruction by PCCP
PCCP
Sta.2+600.00 -
Damaged No.2
Damaged No.1
Sta.1+953.00 Sta.2+190.00
Jct.Naga
Jct.Naga
Jct.Naga
Sta.0+056.000
Jct.Naga
Sta.0+056.000
Km
6.2.6
Construction Drawings
This shall form part of the contract documents, any revision shall be duly approved prior
to implementation of work. In case of discrepancy or ambiguity on the plans, specifications
and special provisions, the following rules shall govern:
a)
Supplemental specifications shall govern over original specifications;
b)
Plans shall govern over specifications;
c)
Special provisions shall govern over plans and specifications;
d)
Figure dimension, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern in case of any discrepancy
between figured dimensions and scaled dimension.
6.2.7
Shop Drawings
The Contractor shall prepare shop drawings if required by the Engineer. Shop drawings
are prepared to supplement the construction drawings and where there is a need of more
details of the works to be implemented. These shall be deemed to include design drawings,
fabrication drawings, catalogue, brochures, illustrations, materials lists, design calculations,
reference standards and performance data which may be required by the Specifications for the
proper execution of the Work.
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in sufficient lead time to prevent delays in
delivery of materials or in the progress or completion of the work. The shop drawings shall be
complete in all respects and shall show clear compliance with the Specifications. The
Engineer will review these drawings within a reasonable time and return them with comments.
The Contractor shall resubmit the revised shop drawings, if required, for further review and
approval.
6.2.8
Establishment of Communication Network
The Engineer shall furnish the Implementing Office of his contact numbers (landline and
mobile), facsimile, mail and e-mail addresses. He shall establish a communication network for
all concerned entities such as the Contractor (Head and Site Offices), the Consultants, Police,
Hospital, Fire Department, Public Utility Companies and others.
In addition, the Engineer should also establish an emergency hotline.
6.2.9
Conduct of Coordination Meetings
The Engineer shall hold a coordination meeting at least once a month to discuss the
following:
6 - 28
Table 6.7
Agenda for Coordination Meeting
Meeting/Venue
Agenda
Monthly Coordination
Meeting/Implementing
Monthly project
acccomplishment(phy
Office
-
The Head of Implementing

Office*
sical and financial
The PEs
progress)
Consultants
Monthly work plan
Contractor
and schedule
Other key staffs
Problems and Action

Plan
Construction methods
Environmental and
traffic managements
Other matters
*Chairperson
6.2.10 Maintenance Work during Contract Period

The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the accomplished items of
work during construction and until acceptance of the project.
General Maintenance
during the Contract Period
Maintenance by
DEO/DPWH
Maintenance by
CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR
Construction
Period
Maintenance
Liability Period
Possession of
Site
Figure 6.14
Completion of
Works
DEO/DPWH
Maintenance
Final Taking
Over
Maintenance Period
The Contractor shall maintain the pavement, shoulders, drainage systems, structures and
road fixture provided in the Special Specifications and paid as General Maintenance, as
follows:
Pavement:
*
Repair of potholes by bituminous mixtures
Grading and compaction of gravel surface
Crack sealing
6 - 29
Watering on the existing road surface for dust control
Other work
Drainage:
*
Removal of silted soil and debris from RC pipes and Box culverts
Removal of silted soil and debris from road side ditches and catch pits
Other works
Shoulder:
*
Repair of potholes and grading
Vegetation control (grass cutting)
Road fixture
*
Temporary installation or repair of sign boards (warning and information)
Guard rails and blocks
Other fixtures
A road maintenance work, in general, should be performed for the comfort and safety of
road users and minimizing further deterioration of the present road and/or keeping the road in
good condition until acceptance of the project. TheMaintenance Engineer shall instruct,
inspect and record the Contractor's maintenance activities.
The Contractor shall also be obliged to maintain the project road during the maintenance
liability period, which is one (1) year in general 1. For this purpose, the Maintenance Engineer
or his representative shall conduct a joint periodic inspection with the Contractor.
Installation of Guide Blocks at Accident- Grading and Watering on the Existing

Prone Section by Slope failure
Project Road for Dust Control
Figure 6.15
Removal of A Overturned Truck from

the Project Road for Public Safety
Contractors Maintenance Activities
6.2.11 Delay of Work and Action Plans

(1)
Delay of Work
The Contractor shall promptly give notice to the Engineer of probable future events
The Contractor has multi year maintenance responsibility in the case of Long-Term Performance Based
Maintenance (LTPBM).
6 - 30
or circumstances which may adversely affect or delay the Works.

The Engineer shall give notice to the Contractor to submit a revised program if;
*
The actual progress is too slow to be completed within the time of completion,
and/or
The progress has fallen (or will fall) behind the current program/schedule.
The revised program and supporting report shall include the revised methods which
the Contractor proposes to adopt to increase work progress and complete within the time
of completion. The Contractor shall adopt these revised methods, which may require the
increased working hours and/or mobilization of additional resources including manpower,
equipment and/or goods at his own risk and expense.
(2)
Slow Progress
When there is a slow progress at a given point of time, the Contractor is to be
reminded of DO No.102, Series of 1988 regarding the courses of actions to be taken by
the Engineer whenever the Contract reaches a level of negative slippage as described
below.
Table 6.8
Stage
a.
Early
Earning
Condition
The Contractor shall be given a warning and submit a

catch-up program to eliminate the negative slippage.
The Engineer shall provide close supervision and
monitoring.
The Contractor shall be given a second warning and
submit detailed action program on two weeks basis to
accelerate the execution of the Works. Furthermore, the
Contractor shall be instructed to mobilize the additional
inputs. The Engineer shall exercise closer supervision at
every other week.
The Contractor shall be issued a final warning. He shall
provide a more detailed program of activities with weekly
physical targets together with additional inputs. The
Engineer shall intensity and evaluate the project
performance at least once a week.
The Employer shall initiate termination/rescission of the
Contract or take-over of the remaining Works by
administration
or
assignment
to
another
Contractor/appropriate agency.
b.
ICU Stage
For negative
slippage of ten
(10%) percent
c.
Make or
For negative
slippage of
fifteen (15%)
percent
Stage
d.
Terminal
Stage
Required Actions
For negative
slippage of five
(5%) percent
Stage
Break
Stages of Negative Slippage
For negative
slippage beyond
fifteen (15%)
percent
The Engineer shall instruct the Contractor to submit a Catch-up program at the early
warning stage. The catch up program must be supported by additional working hours
(Sunday work, holiday work, night work, two shift work, etc), equipment and cash flows.
6 - 31
6 - 32
Station 5+000 - 12+275, Sta 12+302 - 16+140
Base Course
Sta 12+302 - 16+140
Sta 0+056 - 10+000
Sta 12+302 - 16+140
Sta 12+302 - 16+140
Bit. Binder Course
PCCP, t = 300 mm thick
PCCP, t = 200 mm thick
Supporting Blocks
RCBC (17 Locations)
RCBC (17 Locations)
RCBC (17 Locations)
Reinforcing Steel, Grade 40
Structural Conc. Class A for Minor Structures
Lean Concrete
RCPC - 910mm diameter
Section 1
Section 1
Section 1
Section 1
Section 1
Section 1
Section 1
Catch Basin
Cleaning RCPC
Cleaning RCBC
Grouted Riprap - Minor Damaged & Roadway
Stone Masonry - Minor Damage & Roadway
Underdrain
Geotextile Filter Fabric
Masonry Lined Canal (Reblocking Area)
Dredging of Riverbed
Earthworks at Damaged Area No.1 & No.2 and Lutak Bridge
Source : PJHL / DPWH
250
150
7000
500
10000
200
4000
25,691,301.62
336,275.00
594,606.00
403,530.00
131,819.80
363,177.00
1,866,951.00
538,040.00
354,750.00
3,484,975.20
1,494,507.63
103,300.00
569,030.00
2,028,562.50
435,170.75
1,051,098.36
69,303.00
215,073.24
523,354.50
32,860.66
602,572.65
623,662.00
719,875.02
1,064,556.00
2,376,012.96
1,409,940.00
666,086.40
341,419.17
156,668.69
146,354.70
25,827.30
983,700.00
1,029,600.00
50,838.80
897,803.30
JUN
19.867%
5.625%
5.225%
-4.581%
PROJECTED WORK SLIPPAGE (%)
Catch-up Program
-2.883%
22.750%
12.544%
17.125%
SCHEDULED MONTHLY ACCOMPLISHMENT (%)
7.323%
58,994,280.99
776,323.33
336,275.00
1,101,040.00
672,550.00
329,549.50
242,118.00
336,275.00
425,700.00
1,866,951.00
538,040.00
354,750.00
1,494,507.63
103,300.00
569,030.00
2,028,562.50
435,170.75
215,073.24
523,354.50
32,860.66
602,572.65
623,662.00
1,079,812.54
2,129,112.00
4,752,025.92
21,984,710.00
4,190,400.00
2,357,680.00
1,409,940.00
666,086.40
341,419.17
156,668.69
146,354.70
25,827.30
1,967,400.00
1,029,600.00
2,200,936.43
50,838.80
897,803.30
JUL
SCHEDULED CUMULATIVE ACCOMPLISHMENT (%)
*PROJECTED CUMULATIVE ACCOMPLISHMENT (%)
300,107,851.92
2,328,970.00
1,345,100.00
4,529,600.00
594,606.00
1,101,040.00
672,550.00
403,530.00
659,099.00
605,295.00
1,345,100.00
851,400.00
12,446,340.00
2,152,160.00
709,500.00
11,616,584.00
5,978,030.50
206,600.00
1,138,060.00
8,114,250.00
1,740,683.00
1,051,098.36
69,303.00
860,292.96
2,093,418.00
131,442.64
2,410,290.60
2,494,648.00
1,799,687.56
5,322,780.00
11,880,064.80
109,923,550.00
41,904,000.00
23,576,800.00
7,049,700.00
3,330,432.00
2,048,515.00
626,674.75
585,418.80
51,654.60
4,918,500.00
10,296,000.00
4,401,872.85
254,194.00
4,489,016.50
( Ph. Peso )
ESTIMATED AMOUNT
3.189%
Figure 6.16
m3
m3
m3
m3
m3
245
225
500
120
3000
800
100
2800
3965
1000
2000
3000
700
78
300
24
600
34
340
44200
388
5400
12060
67000
80000
40000
10500
5600
74900
2665
2040
180
25000
50000
21197.5
QUANTITY
PROJECTED MONTHLY ACCOMPLISHMENT (%)
TOTAL ESTIMATED AMOUNT
Stone Masonry, Riprap & Gabions
Gabions, Masonry & Underdrain
Embankment from Borrow
Crushed Agg. Base Course
Damaged Area No. 11
Other Damaged Areas
m3
Damaged Area No. 6
Damaged Area No.12
m3
Damaged Area No. 5
m3
m3
m3
Damaged Area No. 4
m3
Conc. Class A
m3

l.m.
m3
Conc. Class A
Sheet Piles
l.m.
Sheet Piles
l.m.
m2
l.m.
m3
m3
ea.
l.m.
ea.
l.m.
m3
m3
kg
l.m
m2
m2
m2
m2
m2
m3
m3
m2
m3
Damaged Area No. 3
Damaged Area No. 2
Damaged Area No. 1
FLOOD CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
RCPC - 910mm diameter (26 Locations)
RCPC
DRAINAGE & SLOPE PROTECTION
Lutak Bridge
Steel Sheet Piles
BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
Sta 12+302 - 16+140
Bit. Crack Relief Layer
SURFACE COURSES
Station 5+000 - 12+275, Sta 12+302 - 16+140
Subbase Course
SUBBASE AND BASE COURSE
Station 5+000 - 10+000, Sta 12+302 - 16+140
m3
RCBC (17 Locations)
m3
Station 1+100 - 1+220 (Riprap)
Structure Excavation - Roadway
RCPC - 910mm diameter (26 Locations)
m3
Pipe & Drain Excavation
m2
Station 5+000 - 8+800,Sta 8+800-12+275, DA 9

m3
Station 8+800 - 12+275
Station 5+000 - 8+800,Sta 8+800 - 12+275
mo.
mo.
UNIT
ESTIMATED QUANTITY
PROGRESS CATCH-UP PROGRAM, JUNE - OCTOBER 2007 (EXAMPLE)
Surplus Common Excavation - Roadway & DA 9
Removal of Existing Pavement
STATION LOCATION
Surplus Unclassified Excavat Surplus Unclassified
EARTHWORKS
General Road Maintenance
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Facilities for the Engineer
FACILITIES FOR THE ENGINEER
DESCRIPTION
Note: Computation based on major items only.
PART J
PART G
PART F
PART E
PART D
PART C
PART B
PART A
ITEM
-0.225%
28.646%
5.896%
28.421%
8.554%
68,908,362.36
776,323.33
336,275.00
905,920.00
197,729.70
336,275.00
425,700.00
538,040.00
1,494,507.63
2,028,562.50
435,170.75
215,073.24
523,354.50
32,860.66
602,572.65
623,662.00
2,129,112.00
4,752,025.92
21,984,710.00
12,571,200.00
7,073,040.00
1,409,940.00
666,086.40
341,419.17
156,668.69
146,354.70
1,967,400.00
3,088,800.00
2,200,936.43
50,838.80
897,803.30
AUG
2007
2.138%
33.500%
4.854%
35.638%
7.217%
58,141,378.31
776,323.33
336,275.00
1,811,840.00
336,275.00
538,040.00
1,494,507.63
2,028,562.50
435,170.75
215,073.24
523,354.50
32,860.66
602,572.65
623,662.00
21,984,710.00
12,571,200.00
7,073,040.00
1,409,940.00
666,086.40
341,419.17
156,668.69
146,354.70
3,088,800.00
50,838.80
897,803.30
SEPT
Most Critical Activity
37.25%
REMARKS
3.192%
38.553%
5.053%
Normal
Semi-critical
Critical
6.108% Legend:
*
Base on Actual Accomplishment
41.745%
49,202,352.67
1,811,840.00
336,275.00
21,984,710.00 Most Critical Activity
1,409,940.00
666,086.40
341,419.17
Most Critical Activity
50,838.80
897,803.30
OCT
The Engineer shall assess the Contractors proposal and provide further advice and
instructions to assure that such program works well. The Engineer needs to establish a
closer inspection and quality control system for the catch-up program. Any extra cost for
the construction supervision, including overtime and holiday work allowances, shall be
charged to the Contractor.
(3)
Liquidated Damages
If the Contractor fails to comply with the time for completion, he shall pay
liquidated damages to the Implementing Office for this default. These damages shall not
relieve the Contractor from his obligation to complete the Works, or from any other
duties, obligations or responsibilities which he may have under the Contract.
The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the Implementing Office at the rate
stated in the Special Conditions of Contract for each day of delay. The total amount shall
not exceed the amount defined in the SCC and this may be deducted from payments due
to the Contractor. Once the cumulative amount reaches ten percent (10%) of the contract
amount, the Implementing Office shall rescind the Contract, without prejudice to other
courses of action and remedies open to it.
(a)
For locally-funded project

A liquidated damage is equivalent to an amount to be determined in
accordance with the following formula until the work is completed and accepted or
taken over by the Employer:
n
TLD
=
VUUP =
where:
TLD
VUUP
VUUP x [ (1+ OCC) - 1] x K

TCP VCUP
=
=
TCP
VCUP
=
=
OCC
=
=
Total Liquidated Damages, in pesos

value of the uncompleted and unusable portions of the
contract work, as of the expiry date of the contract, in
pesos
Total Contract Price, in pesos
value of the completed and usable portion of the contract
work, as of the expiry date of the contract, in pesos
prevailing opportunity cost of capital for government
projects set by NEDA, which is currently pegged at 15%
total number of days that the contract work is delayed
after the expiry date of the contract
adjustment factor to cover additional losses
1 + C + ( i x n)
where:
C
cost of construction supervision as a percentage,

not exceeding 10%, of construction cost
annual inflation rate as defined by NEDA
6 - 33
To be entitled to such liquidated damages, the Implementing Office does not

have to prove that it has incurred actual damages. Such amount shall be deducted
from any money due or which may become due the contractor under the contract
and/or collect such liquidated damages from the retention money or other securities
posted by the Contractor whichever is convenient to the Implementing Office.
In case that the delay in the completion of the work exceeds a time duration
equivalent to ten percent (10%) of the specified contract time plus any time
extension duly granted to the Contractor, the Implementing Office may rescind the
Contract, forfeit the Performance Security and takeover the prosecution of the
project or award the same to a qualified Contractor through negotiated contract.
In no case however, shall the total sum of liquidated damages exceed ten
percent (10%) of the total contract price, in which event the Contract shall
automatically be taken over by the DPWH or award the same to a qualified
contractor through negotiation and the erring Contractors Performance Security
shall be forfeited.
(b)
For foreign-funded project

The applicable liquidated damages is at least one tenth (1/10) of a percent of
the cost of the unperformed portion for every day of delay in accordance with the
GCC and the SCC.
The maximum deduction shall be ten percent (10%) of the amount of the
contract and the Implementing Office shall rescind the contract, without prejudice to
other courses of action and remedies open to it.
6.2.12 Suspension of Works

The Implementing Office shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly or partly
by written order for such period as may be deemed necessary due to force majeure or any
fortuitous events or for failure on the part of the Contractor to correct bad conditions which
are unsafe for workers or for the general public, to carry out valid orders given by the
Implementing Office or to perform any provisions of the Contract, or due to adjustment of
plans to suit field conditions as found necessary during construction. The Contractor shall
immediately comply with such order to suspend the work wholly or partly.
The Contractor or its duly authorized representative shall have the right to suspend work
operation on any or all projects/activities along the critical path of activities after fifteen (15)
calendar days from date of receipt of written notice from the Engineer or equivalent officials,
due to the following:
6 - 34
1)
There exist right-of-way problems which prohibit the Contractor from performing
work in accordance with the approved construction schedule;
2)
Requisite construction plans which must be owner-furnished are not issued to the
contractor precluding any work called for by such plans;
3)
Peace and order conditions make it extremely dangerous, if not possible, to work.
However, this condition must be certified in writing by the Philippine National Police
(PNP) station which has responsibility over the affected area and confirmed by the
Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG) Regional Director;
4)
There is failure on the part of the Employer to deliver government-furnished materials

and equipment as stipulated in the contract; and
5)
Delay in the payment of Contractors claim for progress billing beyond forty-five (45)
calendar days from the time the Contractors claim has been certified to by Employers
Representative.
6.2.13 Extension of Contract Time

(1)
For Foreign-funded Projects through ICB

Contract Time Extension is the allowable period for the Contractor to complete the
Works in addition to the original completion date stated in the Contract. The Contractor
shall be entitled subject to Contractors Claims, to an extension of the time for
completion if that completion is or will be delayed by any of the following causes:
(a) A variation or other substantial change in the quantity of an item of work included
in the Contract;
(b) A cause of delay giving an entitlement to extension of time;
(c) Exceptionally adverse climatic conditions;
(d) Unforeseeable shortages in the availability of personnel or goods caused by
epidemic or governmental actions; and
(e) Any delay, impediment or prevention caused by or attributable to the
Implementing Office, its personnel or other Contractors.
Delays caused by authorities will be applied in case of the following conditions:
(a) The Contractor has diligently followed the procedures laid down by the relevant
legally constituted public authorities in the country;
(b) These authorities delay or disrupt the Contractors work; and
(c) The delay or disruption was unforeseeable.
6 - 35
If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to an extension of the time for

completion, he shall give notice to the Engineer in accordance with the Contractors
Claims. When determining each extension of time under Contractors Claims, the
Engineer shall review previous determinations and may increase, but shall not decrease,
the total extension of time.
(2)
For Locally-funded project thru LCB

Should the amount of additional work of any kind or other special circumstances of
any kind whatsoever occur to fairly entitle the Contractor to an extension of contract time,
the Engineer shall evaluate and determine the amount of such extension on the
Contractors claim. Upon receipt of full and detailed particulars, the Engineer shall
examine the facts and extent of the delay and shall extend the contract time of
completing the contract work when, in the Engineers opinion, the findings of facts
justify an extension.
No extension of contract time shall be granted the Contractor due to (a) ordinary
unfavorable weather conditions and (b) inexcusable failure or negligence of the
Contractor to provide the required equipment, supplies or materials.
Extension of contract time may be granted only when the affected activities fall on
the critical path of the Pert/CPM network. No extension of contract time shall be granted
when the reason given to support the request for extension was already considered in the
original contract time.
Extension of contract time shall be granted for:
*
rainy/unworkable days considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the works at

the site based on the actual conditions obtained at the site, in excess of the number
of rainy/unworkable days pre-determined by the Engineer in relation to the
original contract time;
equivalent period of delay due to major calamities such as exceptionally

destructive typhoons, floods,earthquakes and epidemics;
causes such as non-delivery on time of materials, working drawings, or written

information to be furnished by the Engineer;
non-acquisition of permit to enter private properties within the right-of-way

resulting in complete construction activities; and
other meritorious causes as determined by the Engineer and approved by the

Implementing Office.
6 - 36
Shortage of construction materials, general labor strikes, and peace and order
problems that disrupt construction operations through no fault of the Contractor may be
considered as additional grounds for extension of contract time provided they are
publicly felt and certified by appropriate government agencies.
6.2.14 Termination of Contract

(1)
Termination for Default of Contractor

The Employer shall terminate the Contract for default when any of the following
conditions attend its implementation:
*
Due to the Contractors fault and while the project is on-going, it has incurred negative
slippage of fifteen percent (15%) or more in accordance with Presidential Decree 1870
regardless of whether or not previous warnings and notices have been issued for the
Contractor to improve his performance;
Due to his own fault and after the Contract time has expired, the Contractor incurs
delay of ten percent (10%) or more in the completion of the Work after the Contract
has expired; and
The Contractor:
1)
abandons the contract Works, refuses or fails to comply with a valid instruction of
the Engineer or fails to proceed expeditiously and without delay despite a
written notice by the Engineer;
2)
does not actually have on the project site the minimum essential equipment listed
on the Bid necessary to prosecute the Works in accordance with the approved
Program of Work and equipment deployment schedule as required for the project;
3)
does not execute the Works in accordance with the Contract or persistently or
flagrantly neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract;
4)
neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform a new work that has been
rejected as defective or unsuitable; and
5)
sublets any part of the Contract without approval by the authorized DPWH
officials.
All materials on site, plant, equipment and works shall be deemed to be the property
of the Implementing Office if the Contract is rescinded because of the Contractors
default.
(2)
Termination for Default of the Employer

The Contractor may terminate the Contract with the Implementing Office (IO) if the
works are completely stopped for a continuous period of at least sixty (60) calendar
6 - 37
days ,through no fault of his own, due to any of the following reasons:
1)
Failure of the IO to deliver, within a reasonable time, supplies materials,

right-of-way, or other items it is obligated to furnish under the terms of the
Contract; and
2)
The prosecution of the Work is disrupted by adverse peace and order situation as
certified by the Armed Forces of the Philippines Provincial Commander and
approved by the Secretary of National Defense.
(3)
Termination for Other Causes

The IO may terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, at any time for its
convenience. The Implementing Office or the Contractor may terminate the Contract if
the other party causes a fundamental breach of Contract, including:
1)
The Contractor stops work for twenty eight (28) days when no stoppage of work is
shown on the Program of Work and the stoppage has not been authorized by the ;
2)
The Engineer instructs the Contractor to delay the progress of the Works and the
instruction is not withdrawn within twenty eight (28) days;
3)
The IO shall terminate the Contract if the Contractor is declared bankrupt or insolvent
as determined with finality by a court of competent jurisdiction;
4)
A payment certified by the Engineer is not paid to the Contractor within eighty four
(84) days from the date of the certificate;
5)
The Engineer gives notice that failure to correct a particular defect is a fundamental
breach of Contract and the Contractor fails to correct it within a reasonable period of
time determined;
6)
The Contractor does not maintain a Security, which is required;
7)
The Contractor has delayed the completion of the Works by the number of days for
which the maximum amount of liquidated damages can be paid; and
8)
In case it is determined prima facie by the IO that the Contractor has engaged, before or
during the implementation of the contract, in unlawful deeds and behaviors relative to
contract acquisition and implementation, such as, but not limited to, the following:
*
corrupt, fraudulent, collusive and coercive practices
drawing up or using forged documents
using adulterated materials, means or methods, or engaging in production

contrary to rules of science or the trade
*
(4)
any other act analogous to the foregoing.
Termination for Convenience (RA 9184 Section 3.1)

The funding source or the IO, as appropriate, will seek to impose the maximum
civil, administrative and/or criminal penalties available under the applicable law on
6 - 38
individuals and organizations deemed to be involved with corrupt, fraudulent, or

coercive practices.
If the Contract is terminated, the Contractor shall stop work immediately, make the
site safe, secure and leave as soon as reasonably possible.
6.3 Cost Management

(1)
Outline
Cost management is the management process and efforts of the Engineer for
increasing the values (quality) of the works and completion of the project within the
budget. Cost management, as one of the key elements for the project management, is a
series of activities through planning, detailed engineering, bidding and implementation
(See Figure 5.7).
As cost overrun is very common, every effort should be made through good project
implementation. The cost management is a non-compromised routine work carried out
on a daily, weekly and monthly basis with the cooperation of all involved in the project.
The Engineer shall carry out the following activities:
*
Control or see to it that works are executed in accordance with the plans and
specifications;
Check interim (monthly) statement on financial aspects (budget);
Monitor scope of work, quantities and cost which may increase by item,
especially for major pay items;
Take appropriate precautions and actions to avoid cost overrun;
Conduct value engineering techniques to reduce the cost; and
Evaluate the Contractors Claims at earliest time and identify effect on the project
cost.
6 - 39
C
1.50m
0.50m
0.50m
0.50m
6.70m
6.10m
(Existing Road Width)
0.30m
Widening
3.0%
2.0%
0.30m
Widening
2.0%
2.00m
3.0%
MFWL
1.0
5.00m
1.5
1.00m
0.60m
W=6.0-7.0m
2.00 3.00m
2.00m
Selected Embankment
(River Gravel)
Grouted Riprap T=300mm
RC Class A
Stone Masonry
River Bed
2.00m
Gabion
0.5 x 1.0 x 3.0m
Steel Sheet Pile L=6m

Type II
Geotextile Fabric
N o C o s t O ve rru n
Planning & Budgeting
Quantity & Finance Management
Bidding
Detailed Engineering Design
Establishment of Approved
Budget for Contract
Work Volume
(Bills of Quantities)
Price Negotiation & Contract
Establishment of Unit Prices
C o m p le tio n w ith in th e B u d g e t
or
Le a s t C o s t O ve rru n
Cost, Price
&
Productivity
Database
P
Currency Factor
(FC & LC)
Equipment
Materials
Labor
(Cost Management)
Figure 6.17
(2)
Project Completion
Cost and Financial Management
Types of Payment
Payments are classified as follows:
*
Advance Payment;
Monthly Progress Payment;
Final Payment;
Release of Retention; and
Others.
The Contractor shall submit a statement of payment in accordance with the

conditions of the Contract. The Implementing Office shall verify and pay the Contractor
within the specified time.
6 - 40
Table 6.9
Types of Payments
FIDIC GCC (MDG Edition)

Clause
DPWH GCC (Annex B, Volume 3)
Title
Clause
Title
14
Contract Price and Payment
38
Advance payment
14.2
Advance Payment
39
Progress Payment (Monthly

Payment)
14.3
Application for Interim Payment
40
Payment Certificate
14.4
Schedule of Payment
41
Retention
14.5
Plant and Materials for the Works
45
Payment on Termination
14.6
Issue of Interim Payment

Certificate
14.7
Payment
14.8
Delayed Payment
14.9
Payment of Retention Money
14.10
Statement of Completion
14.11
Application for Final Payment

Certificate
14.12
Discharge
14.13
Issue of Final Payment

Certificate
14.14
Cessation of Employers
Liability
14.15
(3)
Currencies of Payment
Guidelines for Payments

The following guidelines shall be referred to for verification and processing of
claim and payment of civil works.
Table 6.10
Payment Guidelines
Title
- Guidelines to Implementing Office for Processing Claims for
Date Issued
January 5, 2001
Payment (District and Regional Offices) for Civil Works Contract

- Guidelines to Implementing Office for Processing Claims for
January 5, 2001
Payment (Project Management Offices) for Civil Works Contract
6 - 41
(4)
Financing Schedule
The Engineer shall request the Contractor to submit a payment schedule at quarterly
basis for disbursement estimate by funding source and currency. The payment schedule
shall correspond to the work schedule and taking into account payment for advance
mobilization and retention deduction. The financing schedule shall be reviewed at every
quarter taking the latest progress into account.
6.3.1
Advance Payment
At the request of the Contractor, the Implementing Office will make an interest-free
advance payment and to the Contractor in a lump sum amount not exceeding 15% of the total
contract price, or as stipulated in the Conditions of Contract.
The Engineer will issue an Interim Payment Certificate for advance payment or its first
installment after receiving:
*
Performance Security;
A bank guarantee or surety bond, acceptable to the Implementing Office in amounts

and currencies equal to the advance payment; and
Such guarantee remains effective until the advance payment has been completely
repaid by the Contractor.
In DPWHs practice, advance payment is divided into two installments; the first 7.5% as
mentioned above and the remaining 7.5% at the completion of mobilization of minimum
required equipment. The advance mobilization payment shall be repaid by way of deduction
from the interim payments in consonance with the method stipulated in the Contract.
Table 6.12 illustrates the necessary actions and supporting documents for advance
payment.
6 - 42
Table 6.11
Actions and Supporting Documents for Advance Payment

(Regional and District Offices)
Step
Necessary Actions and Supporting Documents

First Release
Second Release
Check the following:

1.
Background Information / Executive
Summary
2.
Billing Summary
3.
Letter-Request of Contractor
4.
Disbursement Voucher
5.
Irrevocable standby letter of credit, bank
guarantee or a surety bond plus verification from
SAC
6.
Copy of approved contract
7.
Notice to Proceed
8.
Resolution of Award
9.
Transmittal of contract documents to
COA
10.
Certificate of Availability of Fund
Check the following:

1.
Pictures
2.
List of Minimum
Required Equipment
3
Certification of Full
Mobilization of Required
Minimum Equipment
Verify Letter-Request of Contractor
If the above documents are incomplete and/or inaccurate, return the billing to the
Contractor for correction
If all documents are complete and accurate, the Implementing Office recommends
for the processing of the payment
Implementing Office provide Certified True Copy of the following documents:
Special Action Committee Verification of List of Minimum
Advance Payment Security or Performance
Required Equipment
Security
Resolution of Award
Transmittal of contract documents to
COA
Certificate of Availability of Fund
Copy of Approved Contract
Copy of Notice to Proceed
4
5
The billing documents must have appropriate approvals before submitting them to
Accounting for processing of payment
Source: Guidelines to Implementing Office for Processing Claims for Payment (District and Regional Offices)
for Civil Works Contract.
6 - 43
6.3.2
Interim Payment
The Contractor shall submit a monthly request for payment for work accomplished. The
request for payment shall be verified and certified by the Engineer.
The procedure, necessary actions and supporting documents are described below.
Table 6.12
Payment Procedure
-
The Contractor shall submit each month
to the Engineer a billing statement
submit a request for payment for Work
supported with documents.
accomplished
The Statement shall include the
estimated value of the accomplished

Work, Plant and materials on site ( if
-
Once a month, the Contractor may
The Implementing Office shall verify

and certify it.
Materials and equipment delivered on the
stipulated in the SCC).
site but not completely put in place shall
The Engineer shall verify and submit to
not be included for payment, except as
the Implementing Office for payment
otherwise stipulated in the SCC.
within 28 days from receipt.

-
The payment shall be made within 56

days from receipt of the Engineer.
In the event of the failure of the

Employer to make payment within the
said period, the Employer needs to pay
interest to the Contractor.
Table 6.14 illustrates the necessary actions and supporting documents for interim
payment.
6 - 44
Table 6.13
Actions and Supporting Documents Required for Interim Payment

Step
1
3
4
5
Action and Support Documents for Progress Payment

Check the following submitted billing and documents:
1. Background Information / Executive Summary
2. Billing Summary
3. Letter-Request of Contractor
4. Certification
5. Disbursement Voucher
6. Monthly Certification of Payment
7. Statement of Work Accomplished
8. Statement of Time Elapsed
9. Contractors Affidavit
10. Certificate of Clearance on Labour and Materials Payment
11. Certification of Clearance for Equipment Rentals and/or Lease
12. Support Pictures
13. Request of Payment of Contractors (Material on Site)
14. Certification of Materials Quality Test (Materials on Site)
15. Manufactures Certificate (Materials on Site)
16. Official Receipts
17. Change Order/Supplemental Agreement/Time Extensions/Suspension and Resume
Orders, if applicable
18. Back-up Computations
19. Statement of Materials on Site
20. Security to cover the Release of Materials on Hand in the Form of Letter of Credit/Bank
Guarantee (Materials on Site) plus verification from SAC
21. Performance Security in the form of Letter of Credit, Bank Guarantee or Surety Bond
(Materials on Site) plus verification from SAC
22. BIR Form No. 2550 M VAT Declaration
23. BIR Form No. 750-V-1 (Certificate of VAT withheld on Government Payment (RA 7649)
24. BIR Form No. 1743 - 750 (Certificate of Creditable Taxes withheld at Source)
Verify the following documents for accuracy
Statement of Materials on Site
Request for Payment of Contractor
Back-up Computation
Statement of Work Accomplished
Monthly Certificate of Payment
Statement of Time Elapsed
Contractors Affidavit
If the above documents are incomplete and/or inaccurate, return the billing to the Contractor
for correction
If all documents are complete and accurate, the Implementing Office prepares forms for
processing forward
Implementing Office provide Certified True Copy of the following documents:
Special Action Committee Verification of Surety Bond (Materials on Site)
Special Action Committee Verification of Security to cover the Release of Materials on
Site
Special Action Committee Verification of Performance Bond
Special Action Committee Verification of All Risk Insurance
Comment of DBM Re; purchase of vehicles and equipment
The billing documents must have appropriate approvals before submitting them to the
for Civil Works Contract
6 - 45
The details of procedures and required documents together with examples are given in
the DPWH payment guidelines.
6.3.3
Payment of Materials on Site
Materials delivered on site but not completely put in place can be paid so as to help the
financial condition of the Contractor. However, payment of such can only be made if this is
specified in the Contract.
The Contractor shall request in writing for the evaluation and approval of the
Implementing Office. The materials shall have satisfactorily passed the required quality tests.
The payment shall be up to a maximum of seventy percent (70%) of the invoiced cost of
materials or seventy percent (70%) of the Bid price of the work item which these materials
shall be incorporated, whichever is lower, and the quantity shall not exceed the requirements
of the Contract. The Contractor shall post an Irrevocable Letter of Credit in favor of the
Implementing Office or Bank Guarantee from a reputable bank acceptable to the
Implementing Office in the amount equivalent to the partial payment applied for. The partial
payment shall be fully deducted from the Contractors next interim payment without prejudice
to his submitting another written request for partial payment with similar conditions
mentioned above.
6.3.4
Disbursement Estimate and Monitoring of Payment
The Engineer shall make disbursement schedule for the whole contract period which
shall include advance payment, progress payment and release of retention. The schedule
should be reviewed every quarter.
The progress of the payment shall be monitored in order that the Contractor can receive
such payment within the specified time since any delay in the payment will cause cash flow
problems and delay of works especially for small and medium category Contractors. The
Contractor shall be entitled to receive interest on the unpaid amount in accordance with the
Contract.
6.3.5
Cost Reduction
For PCCP not meeting the criteria for acceptance for strength and/or thickness (Taken
from the DPWH Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airports, Vol. II 2013
Edtion)
(1)
Strength Deficiency
The PCCP is considered to have met the minimum strength requirements if the
flexural strength obtained after fourteen (14) days is not less than 3.58 MPa (550psi)
when tested by third point method or 4.5 MPa (650 psi) when tested by mid-point
6 - 46
method in accordance with AASHTO T97 and T177, respectively; or a compressive

strength of 24.1MPa (3500psi) for cores taken at fourteen (14) days and tested in
accordance with AASHTO T24.
The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory if the averages of
all sets of three (3) consecutive test results equal or exceed the specified strength, f'c and
no individual test result is deficient by more than 15% of the specified strength, f'c.
Concrete deemed to be not acceptable using the above criteria maybe rejected
unless the Contractor can provide evidence, by means of core tests, that the quality of
concrete represented by failed test results is acceptable in place. At least three (3)
representative cores shall be taken from each member or area of concrete in place that is
considered deficient. The location of core shall be determined by the Engineer so that
there will be a least impairment of strength of the structure. The obtaining and testing of
drilled cores shall be in accordance with AASHTO T24.
Concrete in the area represented by the cores will be considered adequate if the
average strength of the cores is equal to at least 85% of, and if no single core is less than
75%, the specified strength, fc.
If the strength of control specimens does not meet the requirement of this subsection,
and it not feasible or not advisable to obtain cores from the structure due to structural
considerations, payment of the concrete will be made at an adjusted price due to strength
deficiency of concrete specimens as specified hereunder:
Table 6.14
(2)
Cost Reduction due to Deficiency in Strength
Deficiency in strength of concrete
Percent (%) of Contract
specimens, Percent (%)
Price Allowed
Less than 5
100
5 to less than 10
80
10 to less than 15
70
15 to less than 20
60
20 to less than 25
50
25 or more
Thickness Deficiency
The thickness of the pavement will be determined by measurement of cores from
the completed pavement in accordance with AASHTO T 148.
The completed pavement shall be accepted on a lot basis. A lot shall be considered
as 1000 linear meters of pavement when a single traffic lane is poured or 500 linear
6 - 47
meters when two (2) lanes are poured concurrently. The last unit in each slab constitutes
a lot in itself when its length is at least of the normal lot length. If the length of the last
unit is shorter than of the normal lot length, it shall be included in the previous lot.
Other areas such as intersections, entrances, crossovers, ramps, etc., will be grouped
together to form a lot. Small irregular areas may be included with other unit area to form
a lot.
Each lot will be divided into five (5) equal segments and one, core will be obtained
from each segment in accordance with AASHTO T 24.
It is the intent of the Specification that the pavement has a uniform thickness as
called for in the Plans for the average of each lot as defined. After the pavement has met
all surface smoothness requirements, cores for thickness measurements will be taken.
In calculating the average thickness of the pavement, individual measurements
which are in excess of the specified thickness by more than 5 mm will be considered as
the specified thickness plus 5 mm and measurement which are less than the specified
thickness by more than 25 mm shall not be included in the average. When the average
thickness for the lot is deficient, the contract unit price will be adjusted for thickness.
Individual areas within a segment found deficient in thickness by more than 25 mm
shall be evaluated by the Engineer, and if in his judgment, the deficient areas warrant
removal, they shall be removed and replaced by the contractor with payment of the
specified thickness at his entire expense. However, if the evaluation of the Engineer is
that the deficient area should not be removed and replaced such area will not be paid.
When the measurement of any core is less than the specified thickness by more than
25 mm, the actual thickness of the pavement in this area will be determined by taking
additional cores at no less than 5m intervals parallel to the center line in each direction
from the affected location until a core is found in each direction, which is not deficient in
thickness by more than 25 mm. The area of slab for which no pavement will be made
shall be the product of the paving width multiplied by the distant along the center of the
road between transverse sections found not deficient in thickness by more than25 mm.
The thickness of the remainder of the segment to be used to get the average thickness of
each lot shall be determined by taking the average thickness of additional cores which
are not deficient by more than 25 mm.
When the average thickness of the pavement per lot is deficient, payment for the lot
6 - 48
shall be adjusted as follows:

Table 6.15
6.3.6
(1)
Cost Reduction due to Deficiency in Thickness
Deficiency in Average
Percent (%) of Contract
Thickness per Lot (mm)
Price per Lot
0 to 5
100% payment
6 to 10
95% payment
11 to 15
85% payment
16 to 20
70% payment
21 to 25
50% payment
More than 25
Remove and replace/no payment
Price Adjustments
Except for extraordinary circumstances as determined by National Economic and
Development Authority (NEDA) and approved by the GPPB, no price adjustment shall
be allowed unless otherwise specified in the SCC.
(2)
"Adjustments for Changes in Cost" of the GCC shall be applied, if provided in the
Contract, with its details as indicated in the SCC. The amounts payable to the Contractor
shall be adjusted per rise or fall in the cost of labour, goods and other inputs to the Works,
by the addition or deduction of the amounts determined by the hereunder listed formula
as prescribed in the Contract.
where,
Pn
is the adjustment multiplier to be applied to the estimated contract value

in the relevant currency of the work carried out in period n, this
period being a month unless otherwise stated in the SCC.
is a fixed coefficient, stated in the relevant table of adjustment data,

representing the non-adjustable portion in contractual payments.
b, c, d
are coefficients representing the estimated proportion of each cost

element related to the execution of the Works, as stated in the relevant
table of adjustment data; such tabulated cost elements may be
indicative of resources such as labour, equipment and materials.
6 - 49
Ln, En, Mn are the current cost indices or reference prices for period n,
expressed in the relevant currency of payment, each of which is
applicable to the relevant tabulated cost element on the date 49
days prior to the last day of the period (to which the particular
Payment Certificate relates).
Lo, Eo, Mo are the base cost indices or reference prices, expressed in the relevant
currency of payment, each of which is applicable to the relevant
tabulated cost element on the Base Date.
If the Contractor fails to complete the Works within the Time for Completion,
adjustment of prices thereafter shall be made using either (i) each index or price
applicable on the date 49 days prior to the expiry of the Time for Completion of the
Works, or (ii) the current index or price: whichever is more favorable to the Employer.
The Contract Price shall be adjusted to take account of any increase or decrease in
Cost resulting from a change in the Laws of the Country (including the introduction of
new Laws and the repeal or modification of existing Laws) or in the judicial or official
governmental interpretation of such Laws, made after the Base Date, which affect the
Contractor in the performance of obligations under the Contract.
The Implementing Office shall adjust the Contract Price if taxes, duties, and other
levies are changed within the period between twenty eight (28) days before the
submission of Bids for the Contract and the date of the last Completion certificate. The
adjustment shall be the change in the amount of tax payable by the Contractor, provided
such changes are not already reflected in the Contract Price.
6.3.7
(1)
Provisional Sum and Daywork

Provisional Sum
Provisional Sum means a sum included in the Contract and so designated in the
BOQ for the execution of any part of the Works or for the supply of goods, materials,
plant or services. Each Provisional Sum shall only be used, in whole or in part, in
accordance with the Engineers instructions and the Contract Price shall be adjusted
accordingly. The total sum paid to the Contractor shall include only such amounts, for
the work, supplies or services to which the Provisional Sum relates, as the Engineer shall
have instructed.
Provisional Sum may be used to facilitate budgetary approval of Variation Orders
without need to seek additional budget. Provisional Sum shall not exceed 3% of the
project cost in general. The Provisional Sum may be also used for the execution of
additional works beyond the limit of Dayworks.
6 - 50
Works executed under the Provisional Sum shall be valued at the rates or prices set
out at the BOQ or as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit, when
required by the Engineer, produce quotations, invoices, vouchers and accounts or
receipts in substantiation.
(2)
Daywork
For work of a minor or incidental nature, The Engineer may instruct that a Variation
shall be executed on a daywork basis. The work shall then be valued in accordance with
the Daywork Schedule (unit price of labour by classification, material and equipment)
included in the Contract.
Before ordering goods for the work, the Contractor shall submit quotations to the
Engineer. When applying for payment, the Contractor shall submit invoices, vouchers
and accounts or receipts for any goods.
The Contractor shall deliver each day to the Engineer accurate statements in
duplicate which shall include the following details of the resources used in executing the
previous days work:
(a) The names, occupations and time of Contractors personnel;
(b) The identification, type and time of Contractors equipment and temporary
Works; and
(c) The quantities and types of plant and materials used.
One copy of each statement will be signed by the Engineer and returned to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall then submit priced statements of these resources to the
Engineer, prior to their inclusion in the next statement.
Daywork shall not be executed without written order of the Engineer.
The
Contractor will be paid for daywork at the rates set down in the schedule. All profits,
overheads and other costs must be included in the rates as incidental to the performance
of daywork.
6.3.8
Claims
The word Claim is defined in the context of FIDIC Conditions of Contract as the
Contractor makes formal demands for his due in writing. The demands are either claim for
additional payment or time extension.
Some situations which may give rise to claims are as follows:
*
disputes over quantities
applicability of items in the Bill Of Quantities (BOQ)
6 - 51
new items
actions of a nominated sub-contractor
Specification interpretation
remedies
delay of issue of drawings or instructions
delay in approval
suspension of work
variation and valuation of variations
delay in payment
acceleration
failure to give possession of site due to delay of ROW acquisition
adverse physical obstructions or condition
adverse weather condition (rain, flood)
If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of time for

completion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of the GCC, the SCC or
otherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer
describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The notice shall be given as
soon practicable as and not later than 28 days after the Contractor became aware, or should
have become aware, of the event or circumstance.
The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary to
substantiate any claim acceptable to the Engineer. Without admitting the Implementing Office
liability, the Engineer may, after receiving any notice for claim, monitor the record-keeping
and/or instruct the Contractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall
permit the Engineer to inspect all these records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall send to the Engineer a fully detailed claim which includes full
supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional
payment claimed.
If the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect:
(a) This fully detailed claim shall be considered as interim;
(b) The Contractor shall send further interim claims at monthly intervals, giving the
accumulated delay and/or amount claimed, and such further particulars as the Engineer
may reasonably require; and
(c) The Contractor shall send a final claim within 28 days after the end of the effects
resulting from the event or circumstance.
6 - 52
The Engineer shall respond with approval or with disapproval and detailed comments
based on his evaluation. He may also request any necessary further particulars, but shall
nevertheless give his response on the principles of the claim. The Engineer shall proceed to
agree or determine (i) the extension of the Time for Completion and/or (ii) the additional
payment to which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract. The unit price analysis
submitted by the Contractor at his bid will be one of the most important data for cost claim
evaluation.
Table 6.15 illustrates Contractors Claim for Time Extension due to delayed payment.
Table 6.16
Contractors Claim for Time Extension

Date of Full Payment (Evaluation):
19-Aug-05
Computation of Time Extension due to Delayed Payment

Progress Billing No.1:
Billing Period: From

Date of Certification:
Date of Payment:
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
11-Nov-04
1-Apr-05
FC ($): 60%
FC (P): 40%
YEAR 2005
May
Jun.
- 25-Feb-05
11-Nov-04
Billing Period)
25-Feb-05
To
GOP: 10%
(Not yet paid)
Jul.
Aug.
End of R.P./
Start of Time Extension
13-Jun-05
* Date of Certification
1-Apr-05
TDPP
0 c.days
Date of Evaluation
19-Aug-05
Proposed TE
54 c.days
TDPS
13 c.days
Time Extension (TE)

67 c.days
Reglamentary Period (RP)
73 c.days
Total Time Duration (TTD) = 140 c.days
1.
2.
3.
TTD
=
From
Reglamentary Period (RP)
TE
=
1-Apr-05
=
TTD-RP =
Note: Period covered by TE: From
To
45 + 28
140
19-Aug-05
=
73
13-Jun-05
To
140
c.days
73 c.days
=
67 c.days
19-Aug-05 (as of the evaluation date)
Reduction of Time Extension (TE)

A.
TDPP - Time Duration due to Partial Payment (Billing No.19

a).
Contract Breakdown
Foreign Component (JBIC)
: FC (US$)
: FC (P)
GOP
: LC (P)
b).
Date of Partial Payment received:
As of
Foreign Component (JBIC)
: FC (US$)
: FC (P)
GOP
:
TDPP
a.
b.
B.
=
=
=
=
50%
40%
10%
19-Aug-05
0%
0%
0%
TE x % of partila payment
67
days x
67
days x
67
days x
0%
0%
0%
Not yet received.

Not yet received.
Not yet received.
=
=
=
Total =
TDPP =
cal.days
cal.days
cal.days
cal.days
cal.days
TDPS : Time Duration during where the Contractor slowed down the rate of work due to delay in payment
Month
Workable Days
Slow-Down Rate
a) Actual Accomplishment
(during partial suspension)
Equivalent
Workable
Days
b) Sched. Accomplishment
(1)
Jun.'05
Jul.'05
Aug.'05
Notes:
TDPS
(2)
18
(3)
(4)
1.173%
4.04
5.225%
19
1.153%
3.89
5.625%
21
0.868%
5.04
3.614% <-------------------------------------Total:
12.98
a) Actual accomplishment (refer to Attachment 3)
b) Scheduled accomplishment based on the approved Bar Chart/S-curve
(4) =
(3)a x (2)
(3)b
=
13 cal. Days
5.896% x19days/31days
Net Time Extension

TE (net)
=
TE (computed)
=
67
=
54 c.d.
where,
TDPP =
TDPS =
Possible Overlap (PO)
with previous billings
(TDPP + TDPS)
0
+
(Positive Net Time Extension)
- c.d.
13 c.d.
=
13 )
(None)
Proposed Time Extension

TE (NET) = TE - possible overlap
=
54 c.days
6 - 53
6.4 Quantity Control

6.4.1
Objectives
Most of DPWH contract is a unit price and quantity contract. The quantity control is
one of the most important elements for project management as it directly relates with the
project cost. The documents to be referred to for quantity control are GCC, SCC,
Specifications, BOQ and Drawings.
The Engineer, in cooperation with the Project Inspector, should work to:
*
Ensure that the methods used in the measurement of quantities meet the contract
requirements and Specifications;
Verify that the correct quantities of completed work are reported for progress payments.
Note that large quantities are not forgotten in the billings;
Ensure that a new overall estimate is made for each progress estimate. If computed
monthly work quantities are merely added on the previous period, it may result in
cumulative errors;
Check the quantity calculation back-up data submitted by the Contractor for monthly
billings. Compare with the quantity estimate data of the detailed design stage;
Ensure double payment will be avoided by checking field measurement notes

(logbook) and drawings;
Monitor the planned quantity and work progress. If there is any big difference, instruct
the Contractor to identify the causes;
Where appropriate, do additional checking to assure the sufficiency of the validation.

Do not wait until the final stage of construction as correction of over-quantity,
especially for major items, would become impossible; and
At the final statement stage, review all final quantities in details on all items.
No payment shall be made to any defective work until the Contractor meets the
requirements, either by removal, replacement or reconstruction, and accepted by the Engineer.
6.4.2
Duties of Quantity Engineer
The Quantity Engineer (or the Project Inspector) is responsible for all quantity
measurement and estimate. He should monitor all works executed by the Contractor and treat
variations instructed by the Engineer.
His duties include:
*
verify the quantities in the Contract BOQ through a check of quantity estimate data of
the design stage;
6 - 54
carry out quantity measurement at the field;
keep up-to-date quantity records including field measurements;
assist the Engineer in the review of shop drawings for quantity estimate;
assist the Engineer in preparing weekly and monthly reports;
evaluate variation orders and costs proposed by the Contractor;
evaluate monthly statement and claims; and
prepare forecast final quantity and construction cost and revise it from time to time.
6.4.3
Inspection Techniques
The following is a summary of recommended inspection techniques to be applied for

quantity control:
*
Verify that the items reviewed were measured in the units called for in the BOQ and
that the methods of measurement prescribed in the contract were followed;
Examine project records to ensure that all materials for payment were delivered and
incorporated into the project or stockpiled for future incorporation;
When payment is based on weight or mass, verify the accuracy of the measurements,
including calibration of scales;
Where payment is based on loads delivered to the project, either on a weight or volume
basis, verify the procedures for assuring validity in receipt of haul tickets;
For area or volume measurement, clarify whether measurement is based on actual

dimensional checks to the extent necessary to verify the actual work performed
(on-site measurement) or by dimensions in the approved drawings/plans; and
Ensure that measurements were made at the proper time and prior to the subsequent
placement (cover) of other courses of materials.
6.4.4
Bill of Quantities (BOQ)
The BOQ is an estimated quantity. It is subject to change in accordance with the

measurement at the site or the shop drawings submitted by the Contractor reflecting the
current site conditions. The quantity for earthworks in particular, has a risk of substantial
change compared with the contract design drawings (plans) as a result of As-stake survey.
The BOQ provides information on the quantities of Works to be performed by the
Contractor and a priced BOQ for use in the periodic valuation of Works executed for payment.
Works are itemized in the BOQ in detail to identify the different classes of Works, or between
Works
of
the
same
nature
carried
out
in
different
locations
or
in
other
circumstances/conditions which may lead to different considerations of cost.

*
The BOQ contains items of work for the construction, installation, testing, and
commissioning of work to be done by the Contractor.
6 - 55
The BOQ is used to calculate the Contract Price. The Contractor is paid for the
quantity of the work at the rate in the BOQ for each item.
If the final quantity of any work differs from the quantity in the BOQ for the particular
item and is not more than twenty five percent (25%) of the original quantity, provided
the aggregate changes for all items do not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Contract
price, The Engineer shall make the necessary adjustments to allow the changes subject
to applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
The Contractor must provide the Engineer with a detailed cost breakdown of any rate
in the BOQ.
6.4.5
Measurement and Evaluation
The Works shall be measured and valued for payment. The Contractor shall show in
application of his statement for Interim Payment and Completion the quantities and other
particulars detailing the amounts which he considers to be entitled under the Contract.
Whenever the Engineer requires any part of the Works to be measured, reasonable notice
shall be given to the Contractor who shall:
(a) Promptly either attend or send another qualified representative to assist the Engineer in
making the measurement; and
(b) Supply any particulars requested by the Engineer.
If the Contractor fails to attend or send a representative, the measurement made by the
Engineer shall be accepted as correct.
Except as otherwise stated in the Contract and notwithstanding local practice,
(a) Measurement shall be made of the net actual quantity of each item of the Permanent
Works in accordance with the Specifications; and
(b) The method of measurement shall be in accordance with the BOQ or other applicable
schedules.
Quantity Control should also take into account any variations approved by the Engineer
during the project implementation for quantity monitoring, including:
6 - 56
increase or decrease the quantity of any work included in the Contract,
omit any such work;
change the character or quality or kind of any such work;
change the levels, lines, position and dimensions of any part of the Works;
execute additional work of any kind necessary for the completion of the Works; and
change any specified sequence or timing of construction of any part of the Works.
The Engineer shall evaluate each item of work, applying the measurement agreed or
determined in the above and the appropriate rate or price for the item in the Contract.. Any
item of work included in the BOQ for which no rate or price was specified shall be considered
as included in other rates and prices in the BOQ and will not be paid for separately, in
principle.
6.4.6
Monitoring and Estimate of Final Quantity
The Engineer shall monitor work quantities provided in the BOQ, especially in the
As-staked plan, shop-drawings and monthly billings. The Engineer shall monitor the progress
of work item, especially major items and earth works, against the BOQ and forecast the final
quantity. If any items are seemed to exceed the planned quantity in the BOQ, he must evaluate
and take appropriate actions to correct and/or propose measures to control the project cost
within the budget.
6.5 Documentation
The project implementation requires many types of reports and records. The objectives
of recording and reporting are to keep the project information and data as evidence of proper
project implementation, correct processing of payment, report the project status to CO, RO,
DEO and funding agencies (local/foreign).
The Engineer shall keep and maintain the following project data during the
implementation (construction and maintenance period) and handover them to the concerned
RO and DEO after the final taking over of project for maintenance by DPWH.
6 - 57
Table 6.17
Checklist of Project Documents

Data Type
Hard Copy
Electronic
Data
Data
Classification of Data at the

Engineers Office during
Implementation
Hand-over to
Administration
Maintenance
Office
Office
(DPWH)
(DPWH)
Contract Documents
Yes
Yes
Correspondence (Letters)
Yes
Yes
Progress Report (monthly, quarterly)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Billing and Payment
Yes
Yes
Yes
Completion Report
Yes
Shop Drawings
Yes
As-built Drawings
Yes
Minutes of Meetings
Yes
Inspection Sheet / Instruction Sheets
Yes
Quality Control Data
Yes
Quantity Measurements
Yes
EMP Data
Yes
Other Miscellaneous Data
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
The Administration and Maintenance Office of DPWH shall take over important
documents which are required for administration and maintenance. These offices shall keep
them for a certain period in accordance with regulations and requirements.
6.5.1
Progress Reports
The Engineer shall accomplish a monthly progress report for submission to the
Implementing Office, funding institutions and other concerned agencies.
The report shall contain the following:
6 - 58
Table 6.18
Progress Report
Foreign-Funded
Locally-Funded
Project with
Project w/o
Consultant
Consultant
Need
Need
- Project Information and Impact
Need
Need
- Construction Progress and Status
Need
Need
- Construction Status (Progress)
Need
Need
- Project Activities and Accomplishment of Quantity
Need
Need
- Material Testing and QC Activities
Need
Need
- Contractors Resources
Need
Need
Need
Need
- Bar Chart and S-Curve
Need
Need
- Status of Construction Equipment
Need
Need
- Status of Contractors Personnel
Need
Need
- Weather Report
Need
Need
- Progress Photographs
Need
Need
- Letters (List)*
Need
Need
- Overall Implementation
Need
- Manning Schedule
Need
Content
Executive Summary
Main Report
- Issue and Problems, and Recommendations and

Actions
Attachments
Consultancy Services for Construction Supervision
- Organization Set-up
The Office of the

Need
Engineer
Note: Attach letters if they are very important, such as claim or action plans for recovery of delay.
6.5.2
Project Logbook
The Engineer shall accomplish the Project Logbook to keep a complete record of daily
entries. The logbook shall be duly signed by the Engineer and concurred by the Contractor in
accordance with DO No. 216, Series of 2000.
The logbook provides the following:
*
Permanent file evidence that inspections are being made as required by the Contract
6 - 59
and Specifications;
*
Basis for acceptance of completed work;
Record of field conditions and contractors performance;
Record of daily project activities, equipment, manpower and resources at site; and
Record of daily management and supervision activity, observations, findings,

resolution of identified problems, claims, and any other topics of interest.
The logbook should be clear and concise with facts. The record should be accurate and
specific since the content may be used in evaluating contract claims. If no work was
performed at all, a daily report shall be stated No Work and reasons. The daily record of
personnel and equipment is particularly important in view of the possibility of Contractors
claims for stand-by cost of the idled personnel and equipment. Verify that discussions with the
Contractor are confirmed in writing and are made a part of the official project file.
The record contains the following:
1)
Date and weather conditions;
2)
Work of staking party;
3)
Work of inspectors;
4)
Work of office staff;
5)
Construction work in progress;
6)
Contractors crew, equipment and materials on each item;
7)
Inspections, decisions, and details discussed with inspectors;
8)
Instruction to Contractors;
9)
The substance of important communications and discussions with the Contractors,

concerning activity, progress, change, interpretation of specifications, etc.; and
10) Any information not covered in other records, which might have bearing in case of
future disagreement, such as difficulties encountered in construction and their causes,
delays caused by breakdown of equipment, etc.
If the operation is on a shift basis, the entries should be signed and properly endorsed.
The Materials Engineer is also required to keep a Log Book on Material Quality Control
(per Memorandum dated 28 October 2004 on Revised Format Submitting Monthly Materials
Control Report) recording quality control activities and other information and observation
relevant to materials quality control in addition to the above.
After completion of the project, the logbook shall be turned over to the Implementing
Office.
6 - 60
CONTRACT I.D. NO.

: ___________________________________
PROJECT NAME
: ___________________________________
LOCATION
: ___________________________________
CONTRACTOR : ___________________________________
DATE
: ___________________________________
WEATHER
(AM)
: ___________________________________
(PM)
: ___________________________________
ACTIVITIES:
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
EQUIPMENT ON SITE:
Payloader
Road Grader
Vibratory Roller
Water Truck
Dump Truck
Bulldozer
Backhoe
Backhoe
One Bagger Mixer
Transit Mixer
Concrete Vibrator
Welding Machine
Plate Compactor
Concrete Screeder
MANPOWER ON SITE:
Project Manager
Warehouseman
Project Engineer
Driver Operator
Materials Engineer
Carpenter/Mason
Foreman
Laborer
Survey Team
Watchman
Timekeeper
LEGEND:
/
OPERATIONAL/PRESENT
IDLE/ABSENT/BREAKDOWN
ACCOMPLISHMENT:
Scheduled
________________________
Actual:
________________________
Slippage:
________________________
Time Elapsed:
________________________
VISITORS:
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
REMARKS:
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
Prepared by:
Concurred by:
______________________________
______________________________
Project Inspector (DPWH)
Project Engineer (Contractor)
Noted by:
Noted by:
______________________________
______________________________
Materials Enginer (DPWH)
Project Engineer (DPWH)
Figure 6.18
Project Logbook Format
6 - 61
6.5.3
Correspondence
Letters are official communication between the Engineer and the Contractor2.
It is very common that the Engineer gives verbal instructions so these should be
officially confirmed in writing.
The letters are filed in order and kept at the office as follows:
Table 6.19
Out-Going
In-Coming
6.5.4
Responsible Office for Securing the Documents

Foreign-Funded Project with
Locally-Funded Project without
Consultant
Consultant
Employer (DPWH)
DPWH (CO, RO, DEO, etc)
Contractor
Contractor
Others
Others
Employer (DPWH)
DPWH (CO, RO, DEO, etc)
Contractor
Contractor
Others
Others
Photographs shall be taken for:

*
Periodic record of work progress (weekly or monthly);
Construction record of important work activities, including concreting, laying of

Asphalt Concrete pavement, etc.;
Construction record of the Works which will be covered after construction such as
reinforcement, foundation, back fill, drainage pipes, base, subbase, etc.;
Construction record of the Works which are removed after construction, such as
excavation, demolition of obstacles, tree cutting, etc.;
Material and quality control tests such as field density, CBR, compression, etc.;
Defects, wrong workmanship, damage by flood, wrong traffic safety control;
Mobilization of equipment and materials; and
Any other specific issues and incidents, including visit of very important persons.
The use of digital camera is recommendable since digital files are easily transferred and
stored.
Figure 6.13 illustrates progress photographs.
2 Communication thru E-mail is one of the efficient communication means and the record (print-out) should be
kept in letter files for reference.
6 - 62
Apr. 2005
Jun. 2002
Damage of Outlet & Apron of Box Culvert by Scouring
Steel Sheet Piling for Foundation
Dec. 2005
Jul. 2005
Completion of Repair (Scouring Protection Works)
Steel Sheet Piling for Foundation
Progress Record for Scouring Protection Works

Gabion
Retaining Wall
Removal of Head of
Slide-Mass
Sub-soil / Road
Side Drainage
Typical
Section
A-A
SECTION
Mar 2003
Jun. 2002
Damage of Roadway by Landslide
Landslide Countermeasure Design
Mar. 2006
Jun. 2005
Completion of Countermeasure Works
Completion of Earthworks
Dec. 2004
Start of Removal of Head of Slide-Mass
Progress Record for Landslide Countermeasure Works
Mar. 2006
Flood by Heavy Rain
Rejection of Stone Masonry Work because of Insufficient Mortar Fill
Figure 6.19
6 - 63
Chapter 7
Quality Control
7.1 General
Quality Control, as applied to the various stages of project implementation, is viewed
and considered as the Contractors responsibility while quality assurance refers to the
responsibility/obligation of the Implementing Office (IO) to ensure strict compliance to
existing standards/specifications and other pertinent issuances relative to project
implementation. However, the concept that quality control is solely the Contractors
responsibility is wrong. Quality control is the responsibility of everyone involved in the
project and as such, it is not a separate function but rather is one of the core elements of
quality assurance.
Quality Assurance is defined as planned systematic actions to ensure that the quality of a
product satisfactorily meets the requirements of the governing Specifications. It is an
all-encompassing term that includes quality control by the Contractor, the conduct of
assessment/inspection by an independent inspectorate team such as the DPWH Quality
Assurance Units (QAUs), the employment of qualified laboratory and technical personnel by
both parties (the Contractor and the IO) and the acceptance of the project by the IO. Quality
Assurance is a total system attained as a result of the combined efforts and resources of the
entities involved in the project. It is a cycle of management in terms of planning,
implementation, review and evaluation as illustrated in the following figure.
Figure 7.1
Quality Management
Statistical quality control method is not yet being used by DPWH for infrastructure
projects. Statistically-based methods are effective means of ensuring a quality product and
would be a fundamental component in the quality management. It is a challenge to be
introduced for the DPWH projects especially for portland cement and asphalt concrete
production and construction.
Quality control charts combined with statistical analysis will help identify problems and
7-1
suggest solutions or improvement. A Control Chart is a tool which graphically depicts the
average value and the upper and lower control limits. It helps to distinguish between normal
and unusual variation in a process. The most popular chart is the Average and Range Control
Chart (X-R Chart) as shown in the following figure.
*
If the data fluctuates within the limits, it is the result of common causes within the
process and can only be affected if the system is improved or changed;
If the data falls outside of the limits, it is the result of special causes; and
If the data show incremental or declining trends, earliest action should be taken for
correction before it become out of control.
Asphalt Temperature
150.0
Spot Problem
148.0
al
e nt
re m
Inc oble m
r
P
146.0
Upper Limit 145oC
Ave-X ( C)
144.0
142.0
Average 141oC
140.0
138.0
136.0
Lower Limit 135oC
134.0
132.0
130.0
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
Lot No
Temperature Range Deviation
Range (oC)
Spot Problem
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
al
e nt
re m m
Inc
ble
o
r
P
Average 4.1oC
Source: JICA TCP Team
Figure 7.2
7-2
10
11
12
13
14
15
Lot No
Statistical Quality Control (X-R Control Chart)
7.2 Quality Control Program

The Contractor has the prime responsibility to produce the product (i.e., construction
materials) to satisfy the quality requirements in accordance with the Specifications prior to
incorporating them into the project. The Engineer, on the other hand, has the responsibility to
verify ands ensure that the Contractor produces the product in accordance with the Contract
and Specifications.
Sub-Clause 4.9 of the FIDIC GC stipulates the following conditions where the
Contractor shall satisfy and comply with:
*
The Contractor shall institute a quality assurance system to demonstrate compliance

with the requirements of the Contract. The Engineer is entitled to audit any aspect of
the system;
Details of all procedures and compliance documents shall be submitted to the Engineer
for information before each design and execution stage will be commenced; and
Compliance with the quality assurance system shall not relieve the Contractor of any
of his duties, obligations or responsibilities under the Contract.
The Quality Control Program (QCP) is a program/schedule of quality control works in a

certain project which involves inspection and testing of construction materials to be
incorporated into the work in accordance with the Contract, Specifications and other related
policies.
The Contractor shall submit a quality control plan for delivering quality production as part
of the construction methods. It is imperative that the preparation of the plan should be a detailed
one, taking into account and shall include the following:
1)
Site Condition;
2)
Laboratory Plan in accordance with the Contract;
3)
Process of control testing ;
4)
The schedule of activities to be undertaken/performed;
5)
Materials resources, list of materials to be tested and type of tests to be conducted;
6)
Frequency of tests, taking into account the project quantity by item; and
7)
Laboratory equipment/apparatus and technical staffs to be employed.
The table hereunder describes the quality control activities to be undertaken by the
Materials Engineer in each phase of construction.
7-3
Table 7.1
Phase
Preparatory
Phase
Startup
Phase
Production
Phase
Quality Control Activities
Activities
Review all contract requirements
Ensure compliance of component material to the contract
requirements
Coordinate all submittals including certifications
Ensure establishment of laboratory and equipment, tools and
personnel to comply with the contract requirements
Ensure preliminary testing is accomplished
Review the contract requirements with personnel who will
perform the work
Inspect startup of work
Establish standards of workmanship
Provide training as necessary
Establish detailed testing schedule based on the production
schedule
Conduct intermittent or continuous inspection during construction
to identify and correct deficiencies
Take samples and test them at site and laboratory to verify the
specified quality
Inspect completed phases before scheduled Government
acceptance
Provide feedback and system changes to prevent repeated
deficiencies
Description of records and documents. List the records and data to
be submitted and maintained
The Materials Engineer shall prepare a Quality Control Procedures Flow Chart (for
instance for Concrete Works, refer to Figure 7.3) on the major quality control and testing of
construction materials in accordance with the Specifications and Standard Test Procedures set
by AASHTO and/or ASTM. The said procedures/flow chart shall include the tests to be
performed, the applicable test methods, frequency of tests and requirement.
7-4
Figure 7.3
Quality Control Procedures
7.3 Quality Control Specifications

The term Specification as used in the DPWH Standard Specifications applies to the
written contract documents which includes material and workmanship requirements,
inspection and testing procedures, and procedures for measurement and payment of work, all
7-5
of which are mostly based on AASHTO and ASTM.

The functions of the Specifications are categorized into two (2) areas, depending on the
perspective/viewpoint of the person/s utilizing it:
1)
2)
With respect to the Owner and his Engineer

-
obligation to define material and workmanship requirements
inspection and testing during the period of project implementation
to indicate how the work will be measured and paid for
With respect to the Contractor

-
obligation of complying with the contract requirements during the construction

period
The Specification is the starting point of quality control, without this, there can be no
quality control.
Hereunder are Specifications/Standards that are usually referred to in the project
implementation and conduct of materials testing.
Table 7.2
1.
Specifications/Standards
DPWH Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airport Vol. II

2013 Edition
2.
AASHTO Standards
Part I, Specifications, Part II, Methods of Sampling and Testing
3.
Annual Book of ASTM Standards

Volume 4.02 - Concrete and Aggregates
Volume 4.03 - Roads and Paving Materials, Traveled Surface Characteristics
Volume 4.04 - Roofing, Water Proofing, Bituminous Materials
Volume 4.08 - Soil and Rock, Building Stone, Geotextile
4.
Other Standards and Special Specifications including relevant DPWH

Department Orders.
The above Specifications or a copy thereof should be made available at the project site at
all times for guidance and ready reference.
7.4 Project Laboratory

In order to ensure the quality of materials to be incorporated into the works, the
Contractor is required to provide competent quality control personnel and fully equipped
laboratory. In consonance with PD 1594, the provision of minimum testing equipment is
7-6
included in the pre-qualification of Contractors to ascertain their technical capability and

financial capacity to undertake the project. The Engineer shall have necessary quality control
supervisory personnel to oversee the Contractors work.
Listed hereunder are conditions set for the provision and use of project laboratory.
The Engineers
Laboratory
some of the locally-funded projects where the Consultant is

employed as the Engineer
Refer to Part A of
Specifications
This is applicable on most of the foreign-funded projects and
The Contractor is obliged to provide the Engineers laboratory

in accordance with the Contract. The Engineer (Consultant)
(Special
will operate the laboratory with apparatus and testing
Specifications) as
equipment, assistant and consumables furnished or supplied
to the details.
by the Contractor.
-
This laboratory may be also used by the Contractor upon

approval of the Engineer. The Special Specification must
define whether the Contractor is allowed to use the Engineers
laboratory or he should provide separate laboratory for his
own use to avoid duplicated laboratory cost in the Bid.
Use of RO and/or
DEO Laboratory
This is applicable on most of the locally-funded projects

where the Consultant is not employed as the Engineer.
The Engineer uses the laboratory of the RO and the DEO or

the laboratory established by the Contractor at site.
The Materials Engineer shall ensure that the testing laboratory provided by the
Contractor satisfactorily meets the contract requirements and that the scales/weighing devices
are calibrated by a duly accredited calibration center/company.
The Contractor may avail the services of private testing laboratories1 that are accredited
by the Bureau of Research and Standards (BRS) to conduct materials testing for and in behalf
of the Implementing Office. However, it is required that the samples must first be submitted to
the BRS or the Regional/ District laboratory for the conduct of testing thereof. If and when the
said laboratories do not have the capability to conduct the required tests (either due to lack of
necessary equipment or that the samples could no longer be accommodated due to the
voluminous samples that have to be tested) and after having issued the waiver/certification
stating either of the reasons as stated above, only then can the Contractor avail the services of
the accredited private testing laboratories.
1Updated list is posted at the DPWH website
7-7
The typical equipment/apparatus required for the conduct of tests on materials in various
road construction operations are shown in Table 7.3.
The laboratory testing equipment/apparatus used in the implementation of local and
foreign assisted projects shall be transferred/turned-over in line with the proposed
standardization of the DPWH District laboratories pursuant to DO Nos. 07, Series of 2006
and 13, Series of 2007 regarding the Guidelines in the Purchase, Use and Transfer/Turn-over
of Non-Expendable Properties for the Implementation of Local and Foreign-assisted Projects.
Table 7.3
Material Testing Equipment/Apparatus
Tests
Soils
Required Equipment and Apparatus*

sieves, scales, liquid limit devices, compaction test equipment, FDT
apparatus, hot plates or field stove, oven, sampling equipment, sample
containers, drying pans and CBR apparatus, etc.
Soil Aggregates
sieves, sample splitters, scales, hot plates, devices for determination of

moisture content and liquid limit, drying pans, and apparatus for
conducting laboratory compaction and field density tests , CBR
apparatus, etc.
Hot Mix Asphalt
thermometers, sieves, sample splitters, scales, stove, oven, equipment
(HMA)
for taking samples from the pavement, and apparatus for determining
density and stability of the HMA mixture.
Portland Cement
slump cone or other specified equipment for determining consistency
Concrete
of the mix, air meter, concrete cylinder or beam molds, sieves, sample
splitters, scales, pans, stove or hot plate, and containers for
determining unit weights
7-8
Gradation
AASHTO T88-93
Atterberg Limit (LL, PL)

T89-93, T90-92
Laboratory Compaction
T99-93
Los Angeles Abrasion

T96
CBR Test
AASHTO T193 &
AASHTO T180, Method
Field Density
T191-93
Marshal Stability
AASHTO T 245
Bitumen Extraction
AASHTO MT 307-04
(Modified AASHTO T164 Method A)
Slump Test
T119
Temperature of Concrete
and Asphalt Mixture
(Digital)
Figure 7.4
Core Sampling
AASHTO T24
Flexural Strength &

Compressive Strength
AASHTO T23 & T97
Material Testing Equipment/Apparatus
7.5 Accreditation of AC and PCC Batching Plants

Portland cement and asphalt concrete batching plants are required for most of the DPWH
road construction or preventive maintenance projects.
Under DO No. 253, Series of 2003, the BRS is authorized to accredit asphalt and
portland cement concrete batching plants for the supply of concrete mixes to DPWH projects.
Accreditation refers to the procedure by which an Agency (DPWH-BRS in this case)
gives formal recognition, under duly established rules and regulations, that a private company
is capable of and competent to operate a batching plant to concrete mixes to the project.
One of the major requirements to be submitted to the BRS by an applicant is his/her
companys Quality Manual which contains the following information:
a.
Company Policy (Mission/Vision/Objectives)
b.
Information on Physical Plant Layout
c.
Vicinity Map of the Plant
Schematic Flow Diagram
Batching Procedures/Flow Chart
7-9
d.
Organizational and Manpower Chart, Including Production Staff
e.
Curriculum Vitae and Job Description of Key Production and Quality Control
Personnel
f.
System of Quality Control, Quality Assurance and Standards being adopted
g.
Calibration Report of all Measuring Devices/Testing Equipment
h.
Safety Program/Requirement or Commitment to Safety or Safety Policy
i.
Sources of Raw Materials (for cement, aggregates, water and admixtures)
j.
List of Available Laboratory Testing Equipment
The said manual shall be in accordance with and conform to the accepted standards of
quality performance, technical expertise and competence which should be made available for
use by the companys quality control personnel. Likewise, the plant laboratory shall have
adequate catalogue and instruction manuals on the use and operation of all relevant equipment,
on the handling and preparation of test items, and on the standard testing techniques, where
the absence of such instructions could jeopardize the effectiveness of the whole testing
procedure/process.
Upon receiving all the requirements from the applicants, the BRS personnel/accreditors
shall inspect the batching plant, evaluate the capabilities of the technical personnel, observe
the actual production operations and assess the quality control system. The BRS then issues a
Certificate of Accreditation to the applicant who meets the requirements for said accreditation
in accordance with the work flow in Figure 7.4.
7 - 10
APPLICANTS FILE
APPLICATION BRS FORM NO.2
WITH SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS
(Quality Manual, Mayor's Permit, DENR
Permit to Operate (Optional), Articles of
Incorporation, Accreditation Fee)
APPLICANT SUBMITS
CORRECTED DOCUMENTS
TSED EVALUATES DOCUMENTS
NO
COMPLETE
AND
IN ORDER
INFORMS APPLICANT
ARRANGE SCHEDULE
OF ASSESSMENT
APPLICANT COMPLIES
WITH REQUIREMENTS
TSED CONDUCTS ASSESSMENT
NO
COMPLY
INFORMS APPLICANTS
YES
TSED CONDUCTS
FINAL EVALUATION
ISSUES CERTIFICATE
OF ACCREDITATION
Figure 7.5
BRS MONITORS
COMPLIANCE WITH RULES
AND REGULATIONS
Flowchart for Batching Plant Accreditation
7 - 11
Under DO No. 253, Series of 2003, the BRS Certificate of Accreditation shall be issued
specifically to an assembly of mechanical and/or digital/electronic type of batching plant.
However, there are some private companies and Contractors supplying concrete mixes to
DPWH projects that use conventional/volumetric type of batching plant. Inasmuch as the said
type of batching plant is technically not within the scope of the said Department Order, they
seldom undergo the accreditation procedure of the BRS, unless in few cases where the owners
request for the inspection/assessment of the same.
The said type of batching plant is issued BRS permit to supply mixes to DPWH projects
for a period of one (1) year only and may be utilized by the Implementing Office on small
projects in accordance with Subsection 311.3.7, Mixing Concrete, paragraph 7 of the DPWH
Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airports, Vol. II 2013 Edition which states
that: In exceptional cases and when volumetric measurements are authorized for small
projects requiring less than 75 cu.m. of concrete per day of pouring, the weight proportions
shall be converted to equivalent volumetric proportions. In such cases, suitable allowance
shall be made for variation of the moisture condition of the aggregates, including the bulking
effect in the fine aggregate. Batching and mixing shall be in accordance with ASTM C 685,
Sections 6 through 9.
Checking of Plant
Figure 7.6
Calibration of Weighing Materials
Checking of Control Machines
Assessment of Batching Plant for Accreditation
The BRS shall monitor the operation to ensure their continuous compliance with its
terms and conditions. The guidelines cover both stationary and portable asphalt and portland
cement concrete batching plants to supply quality concrete mixes to DPWH projects.
The plant shall have a quality control and assurance system manual that complies with
accepted standards of quality performance, technical expertise and competence and available
for use by the quality control personnel. The laboratory shall ensure that all incoming
materials/products are not used or processed until it has been inspected or otherwise verified
as conforming to specification requirements. For example, one Quality Test shall be
performed on Portland Cement per bulk delivery or for every 2,000 bags.
7 - 12
Aggregate
Graduation
Control Unit
Drier
Oversize
Removal
Cold Bin with Wet Aggregate

3/4"
3/8"
Screenings
Hot Bin
Fine
Sand
Weight
Measuring
Filler
Belt Conveyer
Bitumen
Mixer
Aggregate Elevator
Aggregate Weighing System of Standard Asphalt Batch Mix Plant
Aggregate Graduation Control

/ Hot Bin
Mixer
Measuring Unit
Cold Bin
Drier
FRONT VIEW
ASPHALT BATCHING PLANT
CONCRETE BATCHING PLANT

Figure 7.7
Asphalt and Portland Cement Concrete Batching Plants
7.6 Quality Control Activities

7.6.1 Category of Activities and Frequency of Tests
Quality Control activities consist of the following three (3) major areas of responsibility:
7 - 13
Table 7.4
Category
Quality Control Categories

Area of Responsibility
Materials Quality - Ensure that only accredited Asphalt and Portland

Cement Concrete Batching Plants are used for AC
and PCC production
- Ensure that the types, properties, and procedures for
production and storing of materials meet the
Specifications
- Only materials that passed the Specifications and
approved by the Engineer are used for the
construction
- Test results are submitted to the Engineer for
approval before the materials are incorporated
into the Works
- Good skill, art and/or technique are used for quality
Workmanship
products in accordance with appropriate
construction methodology.
- Check/verify in compliance with specified geometry
(lines and grades), dimensions, strength, etc.
- Test results on finished product of the Contractors
Product Quality
Works meet the specified strength and quality.
- Compliance
with specified geometry (line and
grades), dimensions, strength, tolerances in length,
weight, height, camber, evenness, etc. in the
approved plans and specifications
Staff
- ME
- Quality Control
Inspectors
- Laboratory
Technicians
- Project Inspectors
- Technicians
- ME
- Quality Control
Inspectors
- Project Inspectors
The Materials Engineer and his staff in cooperation with the Project Inspectors shall
carry out the following Quality Control activities:
*
Supervise continuously the Contractors technicians/foremen in carrying out specified

sampling, testing and reporting works;
Instruct
the Contractor
where to take representative samples and ensure frequency
of sampling and testing as required in the Specifications;

*
Ensure
that all
tests on
materials and field operations are correctly recorded by
the Contractors technicians daily and submitted to the Engineer without delay;
*
Ensure that the Contractors technicians submit the results of all tests using the
standardized
laboratory
forms;
Submit a monthly summary of all test results to the Engineer, together with the
recommendations regarding approval or rejection of materials and work,
based on the test data and observation; and
7 - 14
Carry out independently from the Contractors technicians, any
sampling
and testing for the purpose of confirming
the test results submitted by the
Contractor, if required. The Engineer should also conduct a random or surprise

sampling and testing.
The Engineer needs to work not only with his own staff but also with the other Inspectors
and Surveyors as most of the works are correlated. Acceptance on the quality shall be based
on the results of sampling and testing along with visual inspection.
Frequencies of testing are specified in the Specifications, depending on the
characteristics of the overall process. The conduct of these tests on construction materials are
intended to be used for quality assurance and acceptance of the work.
Table 7.5 illustrates the minimum test requirements for roadworks.
7 - 15
Table 7.5
Item
No.
Description
102 Excavation
&
104 Embankment
105
200
201
&
202
Item of Test*
Minimum Test Requirements

Test or Control
(AASHTO)
Frequency
1. Gradation
T88-93
2. Atterberg Limit (LL, PL, PI)
T89-93, T90-92
3. Laboratory Compaction
T99-93
4. CBR Test
T193-92
5. Field Density
T191-93
Subgrade
Same as Item 104
Preparation
Spot weakness
Proof Rolling Test
Aggregate Sub- 1. Gradation
T27-93
base Course
T89-93, T90-92
T180-93
4. Field Density
T191-93
5. CBR Test
T193-92
Aggregate
1. Gradation
T27-93
Base Course
T89-93, T90-92
Crushed
3. Fractured face
BS 8-12
Aggregate Base 4. Laboratory Compaction
T180-93
Course
5. Field Density
T191-93
For every 1,500 cu.m. or fraction thereof

For every 500 sq.m. of each layer or fraction thereof
For every 500 sq.m. of each layer or fraction thereof
Same frequency as in Item 104
Both lanes for full length
For every 300 cu.m. or fraction thereof
For every 500 sq.m. for every layer or fraction thereof
For every 500 sq. m. for every layer of
150 mm of compacted depth at 3 in-situ thereof
T193-92
Proof Rolling Test
Both lanes for full length
M82
For every 40 metric tons
Quality Test (set), Grading For every 1, 500 cu.m., for every 75 cu.m. or fraction thereof
Quality Test (set), Grading For every 1,500 cu.m., for every 75 cu.m. or fraction thereof
Quality Test (set)
For every 100 metric tons
(LL, PL, PI Grading Test) For every 75 cu.m. or fraction thereof
For every 130 metric tons or
75 cu.m. of mix or fraction thereof
6. CBR
7. Spot weakness
8. Quality Test
310 AC Surfacing
A. Bituminous Materials
Course (WC,
B. Fine Aggregates
BC)
C. Coarse Aggregates
D. Mineral Filler
E. Hot Mix
1. Extraction (Bitumen
Content & Graduation)
2. Stability Test
3. Grading Test
F. Compacted Pavement
1. Core sampling &
Density, Bitumen Content For every 100 linear meter or one (1) but not more
Lab.Tests
& Thickness
than three(3) samples shall be taken for each
full days operation
311 Portland Cement A. Cement
M85
For every 2,000 bags or fraction thereof
Concrete
B. Fine Aggregates
Quality Test (set)
Pavement
1. Grading Test
T27-93
2. Quality Test
M6
C. Coarse Aggregates
1. Grading Test
T27 - 93
2. Quality Test
M80
D. Concrete
1. Slump Test
Per batch
2. Temperature
Per batch
3. Flexural Strength
Per 330 sq.m. of pavement, 230 mm
(on 1 set of 3 beam
depth or fraction thereof placed each day
samples)
or 75 cu.m. of conc.
E. Completed Pavement
1. Thickness
Core sampling
Five (5) holes per km. per lane
404 Reinforcing
Quality Test for Bending,
For every 10 ton or
Per size of bars
Steel
Tension and Chemical
10,000 kgs or
Analysis
fraction thereof
Note: Principal tests only
For small quantities of cement, steel bars and other materials not intended to be used in
critical structures, simplified tests conducted by available test facilities in the region and
district shall be allowed as basis of acceptance and payment of these materials in accordance
with Memorandum Circular 138-A dated 1st September 1980. The term small quantity
means ten (10) percent or less of the maximum quantity that can be covered by one test in the
above table. For example, ten (10%) of 2,000 bags is 200 bags or less.
In order to ensure proper and effective materials control in the implementation of
7 - 16
maintenance projects, all construction materials for regular maintenance projects shall be
subjected to the revised Schedule of Minimum Testing Requirements in the Standard
Specifications regardless of quantity. In no case should the materials be allowed to be
incorporated in the works without prior tests in accordance with DO No.63, Series of 1994.
7.6.2 Quality Control on Construction Materials

Materials used for road construction are categorized as follows:
Table 7.6
Category
Category I:
Prefabricated
Category II:
Manufactured,
Processed or
Natural Products
Categories of Materials
Requirements
1. Imported Materials
- Bureau of Customs Certificate of Importation
- Mill Test Certificate and Shop Inspection
Certificate/Report
- Certificate of Inspection at point of delivery by DPWH
representative/s
2. Locally Prefabricated Material
- Mill Test Certificate and Shop Inspection
Certificate/Report
- Sampling of materials at the factory by DPWH
representative/s
- Certificate of Inspection at point of delivery by DPWH
representative/s
- Must have a representative sample each for testing
1. Acceptance Test
2. Retest or Referee Test, if the 1st test failed
3. Pretesting
- Applicable to materials manufactured in bulk such as
cement, asphalt, steel bars, etc.
- Pre-tests shall be undertaken by the DPWH laboratories
in principle
- Sampling shall be attended by the DPWH
representatives (ME/Laboratory Technician)
4. Testing shall be attended by the DPWH representatives
(ME/Laboratory Technician)
Representative
Materials
Structural Steel,
Metal Culvert
Pipe,
Accessories,
etc.
Cement,
Asphalt, Steel
Bars, Concrete
Mix, Aggregate
Note: Refer to Memorandum Circular (MC) No.73, Series of 1973 and Part I of Standard Specification of DPWH
as to details.
7 - 17
7.6.3 Production of Aggregates

The most common materials produced at the site or sourced out from quarries are coarse
and fine aggregates for Portland cement and asphalt concrete production.
The following should be taken into consideration in order to obtain a good quality
material:
*
Contamination of gravel by too much soil or soft stones
Lack or insufficient fine components (Note: This often happens at the quarry stationed
at up-stream of river. Insufficient fine material may cause Flexural Strength failure for
PCCP even though it satisfies compression strength)
Too much flat shapes after crushing
Insufficient fractured surfaces if crushed from river gravel
Utilize clean water in cleaning aggregates. Proper disposal of used water is necessary
to avoid polluting the environment.
Aggregates production should be stored on lean concrete base or on the appropriate

base and shaded to avoid contamination of foreign materials and high temperature.
The grain size, its distribution and specific characteristics of aggregate differ depending
on their incorporation to products such as subbase course, base course, asphalt concrete,
Portland cement concrete and structural concrete as shown in Table 7.8. Generally, the
Contractor mobilizes only one set of crushing plant and produces the required products
arranging a combination of vibrations screens and blending of different size of screened
materials. Therefore, the operation of the crushing plant should be carefully planned in line
with the construction schedule.
7 - 18
Table 7.7
Types of Aggregates Required for Road Projects
Material / Aggregate Crushed

Type
Subbase Aggregate
Base
Max.Size
Asphalt Concrete
PC Concrete
Wearing
Binder
PCCP
Class A
Class A* Class A**
t=50mm t=50mm - Grading C
(Reinf.
(Slab)
(RCPC)
60mm
Concrete)
Grading A
1 1/2"
2"
Class A
3/4"
Class A
3/4"
LA
=<50%
=<45%
=<40%
=<40%
CBR
>=25%
>=80%
PI
<12
<6
0
0
Note: Refer to Technical Specifications as to details.
1 1/2"
1"
3/4"
(1/2")
2"
=<40%
0
#16
#50
#4
#8
3/8" 1/2"
1"
Grading B
US Standard Sieve No.
2"
#200
#16
#50
#8
Grading A
#4
3/8" 1/2"
1"
2"
100.0
100.0
100.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
80.0
80.0
80.0
80.0
70.0
70.0
60.0
60.0
50.0
50.0
40.0
40.0
Percent Finer by Weight
100.0
70.0
70.0
60.0
60.0
50.0
50.0
40.0
40.0
50.0
100.0
20.0
5.0
10.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
0.1
0.2
0.05
0.01
0.02
0.005
50.0
100.0
10.0
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.005
0.002
0.001
10.0
0.002
10.0
20.0
10.0
5.0
10.0
2.0
30.0
20.0
1.0
30.0
20.0
0.5
30.0
20.0
0.01
30.0
20.0
0.001
#200
2"
Aggregate
Subbase
Class B
Unreinf.
Concrete
Grain Size in Millimeters
Coase Agg. Grading C
Grading D
#16
#50
#8
3/8" 1/2"
1"
Fine Aggregate
Grading B
#4
2"
#200
#16
#50
#8
#4
3/8" 1/2"
1"
2"
100.0
100.0
100.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
80.0
80.0
80.0
80.0
70.0
70.0
60.0
60.0
50.0
50.0
40.0
40.0
100.0
70.0
70.0
60.0
60.0
50.0
50.0
40.0
40.0
50.0
100.0
20.0
10.0
5.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.01
Grain-size Distribution Curves for Hot Plant Mix Bituminous Pavement
0.005
0.001
0.002
100.0
50.0
20.0
10.0
5.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
10.0
0.2
10.0
0.1
10.0
0.05
10.0
0.02
30.0
20.0
0.01
30.0
20.0
0.005
30.0
20.0
0.002
30.0
20.0
0.001
#200
Grading C
Grading E
Grain-size Distribution Curves for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement

(Coarse Aggregate)
Aggregate production crusher plant is a combination of the crushers and vibration

screens, belt conveyors and washing system as an option, depending on the raw materials and
grading requirement of products, as shown in Table 7.8.
7 - 19
Table 7.8
Process
Type
Types of Crushers
Photograph
Product
Jaw Crusher
(Primary)
Jaw Crusher
(Secondary)
Rodmill
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
The following figure shows common problems in the production of aggregates.
7 - 20
Vibration Screens
Joe Crusher
(Primary)
Cone Crusher
(Secondary)
River Quarry
Crushing Plant
Contaminated water from washing
Figure 7.8
Coarse-Aggragates coated with clay due to

insufficient washing
Common Problems in Aggregate Production

(Case of River Gravel)
The following actions shall be taken for non-specification compliance materials

encountered at the source and production facility:
*
If excess contaminated materials or out-of-specification materials are encountered, the

Engineer should reject these materials in writing; and
If a change in material type is encountered within a source, additional sampling and

testing shall be performed to characterize the material. If the material meets
specification requirements for another material type, then the material will be approved
for use. If the material does not meet specification requirements, the material shall not
be permitted for use on the Project.
The apparent omission of a detailed description or definition concerning the quality of

materials from the plans and specifications shall be regarded to mean that materials of
first class quality are to be used.
7 - 21
7.6.4 Submission and Approval of Concrete Pouring Permit

The Contractor shall apply for the issuance of Concrete Pouring Permit before the
scheduled date of concrete pouring, that is - two (2) days in case the approving officer is the
Chief of the Quality Assurance Division/Section and one (1) day if the approving officer is the
Engineer.
The permit shall clearly state the portion of the structure/station limits, the specification
number of the concrete to be poured and all other information required in the checklist for
Concrete Pouring Permit.
The portion/part of the project poured with concrete without the necessary approved
permit shall be subjected to alternative test, compression test for in-situ concrete, if it failed
to meet the requirements or if its location does not warrant the extraction of core specimen,
the affected/represented area shall be removed and replaced with new concrete mix.
Flow of circulation and approval is as shown in the following figures.
The Contractor
The Consultant/Engineer
The Employer' Representative
c.c.
Submission of
Concrete Pouring
Permit
Original
Noted by
PMO/DPWH (PM/PE)
at Site
RE
Approval of Concrete
Pouring Permit
File
Informing reasons
Disapproved
Original
File
File
Approved
Original
Foreign-funded Projects with Consultant's Supervision

Contractor
DPWH (RO or DEO)

Project Inspector
and
Materials Engineer
Submission of
Pouring Permit
Project Engineer
File
File
Inform reason of disapproval
Disapproved
Approved
with
Condition
Approved
Inform what are the conditions

Inform approval
Locally-funded Projects supervised by RO/DEO

Figure 7.9
7 - 22
Flowchart for Approval of Concrete Pouring Permit

( Office Name)
Date:
Ref.No.:
CONCRETE POURING PERMIT

Name of
Project/Location
Contractor
Part of Structure
to be poured
Estimated Volume
m3
Station Limits/Section
Date of Pouring
Time of Pouring
Requested by:
Contractor:
(Name & Signature)
CHECKLIST
Concrete Vibrator
Field Density Test
Protective Covering Materials
Beam/Cylinder Molds
Warning Signs/Barricades/Flagmen
Curing materials
Concrete Saw
Slump Cone
Concrete Block Spacers

Finishing Tools/Equipment (Screeder,
broom, etc.)
Plumbness
Quality of Materials Used (Result of Design/Trial
Mix, Test Reports, etc.)
Line and Grade alignment (form setting,

elevations, etc.)
Required construction equipment
Air meter (if requried)

Lighting system
Electrical Layout (Roughing-ins/embedment)
Rebars sizes, spacing and number
Plumbing Layout (Roughing-ins/embedment)
Rebars installation requirements
Falsework/formworks adequacy
Checked by:
Materials Engineer
(Name and Signature)
Date
REMARKS/
RECOMMENDATIONS
Project Inspector
Date
REMARKS/
RECOMMENDATIONS
Request: [ ] Approved
[ ] Disapproved
REMARKS/CONDITION /
RECOMMENDATIONS
Approved by*:
Noted by*:
Project Engineer
Resident Engineer
(The Engineer)

Accreditation No.
Note: Approval shall be by the Engineer in the case of foreign-funded projects.

Approval shall be by the Project Engineer/DPWH for the locally-funded projects.
Figure 7.10
Concrete Pouring Permit Format
7 - 23
7.6.5 Quality Control Logbook

Pursuant to DPWH MC #80, Series of 1978, the ME is required to accomplish a Log
Book on Materials Quality Control wherein the daily project activities as well as quality
control activities with appropriate/necessary comments/observations are recorded. Said
Quality Control Log Book shall be used to verify the following conditions:
*
All materials are covered by adequate quality control and acceptance tests, and the
frequency of sampling and testing is in accordance with the requirements of the
Specifications;
The project has been assessed by the Buareau of Quality and Safety.
Compare the test results with those conducted by an independent Third Party for
calibration.
Figure 7.11
Materials Quality Control Log Book
The ME shall verify and certify the Contractors quality control report as back up data
for monthly billings. The ME shall prepare and submit Monthly Quality Control Report on
field tests performed on construction materials used in the project in accordance with DO
No.55, Series of 1989.
In order to ensure uniformity, the standard form prescribed under Memorandum dated 28
October 2004 regarding Revised Format for Monthly Materials Control Report, shall be used.
7.7 Design Mix and Trial Construction

7.7.1 Design Mix and Trial Construction for PCC Pavement
The Contractor is obliged to formulate a design mix, conduct trial mix and trial
construction before the commencement of pavement construction for approval of the Engineer
as illustrated below.
7 - 24
Design Mix
and Trial Mix
Material Test
Figure 7.12
(1)
Trial Paving
Approval of
Design Mix and
Methodology
Start
Paving
Flowchart for Preparatory Work to Concrete Paving
Design Mix and Trial Mix

In compliance to Section 311.2 of Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall
prepare design mix for Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Pavement for approval of the
Engineer. The design mix shall be based on the absolute volume method as outlined in
the American Concrete Institute (ACI) Standard 211.1, Recommended Practice for
Selecting Proportions for Normal and Heavyweight Concrete.
The Design Mix shall be based on the approved materials of aggregate, sand, water,
additive, and cement that meet the Specification requirements and the appropriate design
parameters indicated in Standard Specifications (or its Special Provisions).
The Specification requires at least 364 kg (9 bags) of cement per cubic meter of
concrete to meet the minimum strength requirements. The Engineer shall determine the
cement content and the proportions of aggregate and water that will produce workable
concrete having a slump of between 40 and 75 mm if not vibrated or between 10 and 40
mm if vibrated, and a flexural strength of not less than 3.8 MPa (550 psi) when tested by
the third-point method or 4.5 MPa (650 psi) when tested by the mid-point method at
fourteen (14) days in accordance with AASHTO T97 and T177, respectively; or a
compressive strength of 24.1 MPa (3500 psi) for cores taken at fourteen (14) days and
tested in accordance with AASHTO T24.
Note: The modulus of rupture (Flexural strength, AASHTO T97) shall be given preference over other tests and
must be satisfied at all times.
The Design Mix shall be verified through trial mix, sampling and testing. The following
photographs show a typical trial mix operation for PCC.
Trial Mix
Preparation
Weighing
Materials
Figure 7.13
Mixing Materials
Sampling &
Slump Test
Flexural Strength
Test of Concrete
Trial Mix for Portland Cement Concrete
7 - 25
(2)
Trial Construction
At least 30 days before the start of paving operations, the
Contractor shall
construct a test section using the trial mix design. This test pavement will allow the
Engineer to evaluate the strength of PCCP, methods of construction, and surface
conditions of the test pavement.
Prior to commencement of PCC production, the Contractor shall carry out a
complete and comprehensive calibration of the plant in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommended practice.
Concrete may be mixed at a central plant, including purchase of concrete mix
products produced by nearby concrete mixing plant, a drum mixer at site and/or a truck
mixer conforming to the requirements of AASHTO M157. The central-mixed concrete
shall be hauled to site by truck agitators or other appropriate trucks. The trial
construction should be conducted for the concrete production mixed at the central plant
and the truck mixer. It might be omitted for the mix by drum mixer.
The PCC pavement test section shall be at least 9.0 m long (2 slabs). It shall be
located either on an outside area or on actual construction lane site. The equipment,
materials and techniques used to construct the test section shall be that which will be
used to construct the main pavement. The Contractor must demonstrate the ability to
achieve a smooth, hard, uniform surface free of excessive tears, ridges, spall and loose
material.
The following photographs show a typical trial construction operation for PCC
Pavement.
Slip Form Paver

& PCC Mixing
Plant Check
Placing PCC and

Sampling
Figure 7.14
Dowel Bar
Setting by SemiManual Dowel
Finishing,
Grooving &
Curing Compound
Dowel Bar
Position Check &
Coring
Trial Construction for PCCP
If the 1st trial is unsatisfactory, the Contractor should conduct the 2nd trial. When
the Engineer is satisfied of the test results and the trial construction, he will approve the
design mix. Once a design mix is approved, the Contractor shall not modify proportions
7 - 26
of the various materials without the prior approval of the Engineer.
7.7.2 Job-Mix Formula and Trial Construction for AC Pavement

(1)
Job-Mix Formula
In compliance to Section 307.2.1 of Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall
design and submit a Job-Mix Formula for each Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) for approval of
the Engineer. The bituminous mixture shall be based on the approved materials of
aggregate, mineral filler, hydrated lime, and bitumen that meet the applicable material
requirements and the appropriate design parameters indicated in Section 307.2.1 of
Standard Specifications (or its Special Provisions) and are capable of being placed and
compacted as specified.
Each job-mix submitted shall propose definite single values for:
(2)
1)
The percentage of aggregate passing each specified sieve size;
2)
The percentage of bituminous material to be added;
3)
The temperature of the mixture delivered on the road;
4)
The kind and percentage of additive to be used; and
5)
The kind and percentage of mineral filler to be used.
Marshall Mix Design Method

The Marshall Mix Design Method (ASTM D 1559, AASHTO T 245) shall be used
for the job-mix establishment and its procedures shall be as follows:
1)
Marshall specimens shall be obtained from each of the binder and wearing course
materials supplied for trial construction. The Marshall specimens shall be formed and
compacted in moulds in accordance with the procedure specified in ASTM D 1559;
2)
The loss in Marshall Stability for submerged specimens in water at 60C for 24 hours
shall not be more than 25 percent of the stability of the design-mix;
3)
To determine the Marshall Specimen Density from each set of six (6) specimens, the
highest and lowest densities shall be discarded and the Marshall Specimen Density
shall then be the mean density of the remaining four specimens; and
4)
Six (6) specimens per set of the trial binder and wearing course shall be made and
tested in accordance with ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726.
The Marshall Method is very popular because of its relative simplicity, economical
equipment and proven record. The Marshall Method has been proven to produce quality
Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) from which long-lasting pavements can be constructed. The
Marshall mix design method consists of three basic steps:
7 - 27
1)
Aggregate selection. Different agencies/owners specify different methods of aggregate

acceptance. For each mix design, gradation and size requirements are checked. Often,
aggregate from more than one source is required to meet the specified gradation
requirements;
2)
Asphalt binder selection; and
3)
Optimum asphalt binder content determination. In the Marshall method, this step can
be broken up into 5 sub-steps:
*
Prepare a series of initial samples, each at different asphalt binder content. For
instance, two to three samples be made up of 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0 and 6.5% asphalt
content by dry weight. There should be at least two samples above and two below
the estimated optimum asphalt content;
Compact these trial mixes using the Marshall drop hammer/Mechanical

Compactor which is specific to the Marshall mix design method;
Test the samples in the Marshall testing machine for stability and flow. Passing
values of stability and flow depend upon the mix class being evaluated;
Determine the density and other volumetric properties of the samples; and
Select the optimum asphalt binder content. The asphalt binder content
corresponding to 4 percent air voids is selected as long as this binder content
passes stability and flow requirements.
Marshall Hammer
Figure 7.15
7 - 28
Marshall Test Samples
Marshall Stability
and Flow Device
Marshall Stability Testing Equipment
Density of
Specimen
Plot in
Graph
Select Asphalt
Content to
meet All
Criteria
Source: Japan Road Association
Figure 7.16
(4)
Determination of Design Asphalt Content
Trial Construction
At least 30 days before the start of paving operations, the Contractor shall construct
a test section using the trial mix design. This test pavement will allow the Engineer to
evaluate the strength of the HMA material, methods of construction, and surface
conditions of the test pavement.
The test section shall be at least 50 m long. It shall be located either on an actual
construction lane site or an outside area. The equipment, materials and techniques used
for the trial construction should be the same as those for the actual pavement
construction. The Contractor must demonstrate the ability to achieve a smooth, hard,
uniform surface free of excessive tears, ridges, ruts and loose material.
During construction of the test section, the Contractor will establish an optimum
rolling pattern and procedure for obtaining a density of not less than 98% of the
maximum wet density. Cores shall be taken for testing.
When the Engineer is satisfied of the test results and the trial construction, he will
approve the design-mix.
Once a design-mix is approved, the Contractor shall not
modify proportions of the various materials without the prior approval of the Engineer
and without carrying the necessary Marshall tests.
7 - 29
7.7.3 Design Mix and Trial Construction for Other Major Work Items
(1)
Structural Concrete
The Contractor shall prepare Design-Mix for each structural concrete used for
bridges, box culverts, RCPC and other concrete structures required for road construction
and maintenance by applying the same methods and procedures explained in the above
PCC Pavement.
Five classes of concrete are provided for structural concrete, namely: A, B, C, P and
Seal, in the Standard Specifications. The classes of concrete will generally be used as
follows:
Table 7.9
Class A:
Classes of Concrete
All superstructures and heavily reinforced substructures. The important parts of the
structure included are slabs, beams, girders, columns, arch ribs, box culverts,
reinforced abutments, retaining walls, and reinforced footings.
Class B:
Footings, pedestals, massive pier shafts, pipe bedding, and gravity walls,
unreinforced or with only a small amount of reinforcement.
Class C:
Thin reinforced sections, railings, Precast R.C. piles and cribbing and for filler in
steel grid floors.
Class P:
Seal:
Prestressed concrete structures and members.

Concrete deposited in water.
Gradation of coarse aggregate for these structural concrete shall conform to the
following table (Table 405.1 in the Standard Specifications).
Table 7.10
Sieve Designation
Standard
Alternate
Mm
US
Standard
63
2-1/2
50
2
37.5
1-1/2
25
1
19.0
12.5
9.5
3/8
4.75
No.4
Grading Requirement for Coarse Aggregate

Class
A
100
95 100
35 70
10 30
0-5
Mass Percent Passing

Class
Class
Class
B
C
P
100
95 100
35 70
10 30
0-5
100
90 100
40 70
0 15*
100
95 100
20 55
0 10*
Class
Seal
100
95 100
25 60
0 10*
The strength requirements for each class of concrete shall be as specified in the
following table (Table 405.2 in the Standard Specifications).
7 - 30
Table 7.11
Table 7.12
Class of
Concrete
Strength Requirements for Cement Concrete
Composition and Strength of Concrete for Use in Structure
Minimum Cement
Maximum
Content
Water/Cement
Ratio
3
kg/kg
Kg/m (bag**)
360
0.53
(9 bags)
B
320
380
440
380
(9.5 bags)
(2)
Std. mm
50 100
37.5 4.75
20.7
(2 4)
(1-1/2 No. 4)
(3000)
50 4.75
16.5
(2 No. 4)
(2400)
0.55
50 100
12.5 4.75
20.7
(2 4)
(1/2 No. 4)
(3000)
0.49
100 max.
19.0 4.75
37.7
(4 max.)
(3/4 No. 4)
(5000)
100 200
25 - 4.75
20.7
(4 - 8)
(1 N o. 4)
(3000)
(11 bags)
Seal
mm (inch)
Minimum Compressive
Strength (150x300m
Cylinder) at 28 days
MN/m2 (psi)
(2 4)
(9.5 bags)
P
Designated Size of
Coarse Aggregate
50 100
0.58
(8 bags)
C
Consistency
Range in Slump
0.58
Trial Construction
Trial construction shall be conducted for other work items, including subbase, base,
prime coat, tack coat, foundation piling, to check suitability of materials, efficiency of
equipment, valuation on the construction methods proposed by contractors and
workmanship. Quality tests required in the Specifications shall be conducted during or
after the trial construction.
If a trial construction shows that the proposed materials, equipment or procedures in
the Engineers opinion are not appropriate, he should inform the Contractor of his
disapproval. The material shall be removed by the Contractor at his own expense. The
Contractor shall identify causes if such trial construction failed to pass the quality and
workmanship required in the Specifications. The Contractor shall propose a new trial
7 - 31
construction with revised methods or with appropriate measures. New trial construction
shall be conducted in accordance with the instruction of the Engineer.
If the basic conditions regarding the type or source of material or procedures change
during the execution of the work, new trial construction should be conducted.
7.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment

To ensure the accuracy of test results obtained from testing equipment used in various
DPWH projects, the testing equipment should be calibrated regularly as per DO No. 82 Series
of 1996.
7.9 Accreditation of New Product and Technology

The procedures for the accreditation of new products and technology evaluation under
the New Products Accreditation Scheme (NPAS) of the DPWH is also presented in the
succeeding pages as DO No. 189, Series of 2002.
7.9.1 PCCP Reinforced with Welded Wire Mesh

The DPWH is being challenged by the introduction of new technologies in seeking more
efficient, effective and economical engineering application for infrastructure development and
maintenance.
The DPWH issued DO No. 18, Series of 2006 - DPWH Standard Specifications for
Portland Cement Concrete Pavement with Wire Mesh (Item 312). This is one of the standard
PCCP being practiced in Japan.
The PCC shall be the same as the standard PCC pavement (Item 311). The diameter of
wire (wire mesh/ bar mat) shall not be less than 6mm for both lateral and longitudinal
directions. Tie wire shall be No.16 gauged annealed wire. The spacing of the lateral direction
is twice wider than that of the longitudinal direction. The weight of wire mesh shall not be
less than 3kg/m2 and it shall be fabricated by welding or binding at each crossing point and
shall meet the requirements of ASTM A185. After placement of slip bar placed at every 9.0 m
maximum interval, wire mesh shall be placed at a depth of 5.0 cm to 7.5 cm below the surface
of slab or at 2/3 thickness from the bottom of the pavement.
It should be noted that the objective of provision/introduction of wire mesh is to allow an
interval of transversal contract joints (weakened joints) from 4.5 m to 9.0 m. It shall not
replace the slip bars at contract joints.
7 - 32
Figure 7.17
PCCP Reinforced with Welded Wire Mesh
7.10 Recycling of Pavement Materials

The pavement life can be extended either by repair or overlay. However, it may also
require reconstruction rather than overlay and recycling of the existing pavement material
shall be applied on both environmental and economical aspects.
Removal
After Crush
Re-use for Concrete
Crushing
Before Crush
Source: Komatsu / Japan and PJHL/DPWJ
Figure 7.18
Recycling of Concrete Materials
7.11 Roller Compacted Concrete Pavement (RCCP)

The roller compacted concrete pavement is a type of PCC pavement constructed without
contraction joints. The PCC requires less cement and mixed at zero-slump consistency. The
required construction equipment is a heavy duty asphalt finisher and rollers for compaction. It
can be opened to traffic earlier compared with the standard PCCP. However, its current
application is up to a PCC thickness of 25 cm (medium traffic).
The following table and figure show example and illustration of the RCCP construction.
7 - 33
Table 7.13
Comparison between PCCP and RCCP
Item
Fresh Concrete
Equipment
Standard Productivity
Joint Structures
Roller Compacted Concrete RCC T=25cm
Curing Period
AC T=5cm
Construction Aggregate
Cost Base
PCCP
RCCP
(Portland Cement Concrete
(Roller-compacted Cement
Pavement)
Concrete Pavement)
2.5 cm 1.0 cm
Zero Slump
More Cement
Less Cement
Slip-form Paver (or Fixed
Dump Truck, Ashphalt
form), Transit Mixer,
Finisher, Vibration Roller, Tyre
Concrete Vibrator, Screeder
Roller
20 to 30 m per hour
30 to 50 m per hour
Dowel bars, expansion joints
None
Roller
RCC T=25cm
and
soCompacted
on areConcrete
required.
14 days at least
2 to 3 days
SCB T=10cm
Soil Cement Base
Base
higher Aggregate
lower
T=25cm
Aggregate Base
T=20cm
T=20cm
Typical Structures of RCCP
Combination of Equipment
Dump Truck
Asphalt Finisher
Vibration Roller
Tyre Roller
Photo: Maeda/Japan
Photo: Maeda Road/Japan
Combination
Figure 7.19 of Construction
EquipmentEquipment
for RCCP for RCCP
AC T=5cm
Aggregate Base
T=25cm
Aggregate Base
T=20cm
Soil Cement Base
SCB T=10cm
Aggregate Base
T=20cm
Structures
of RCCPof RCCP
Figure 7.20 Typical
Typical
Composition
7.12 Electrical Density

Gauge
Combination
of Equipment
The Electrical Density Gauge (EDG) is a nuclear-free alternative for determining the
moisture and density of compacted soils used in road beds and foundations. The EDG is a
portable, battery-powered instrument capable of being used anywhere without the concerns
Dump Truck
Vibration Roller
Asphalt Finisher
and regulations associated
with nuclear safety. It can be used Tyre
as aRoller
construction
aidMaeda
to monitor
Photo:
Road/Japan
Photo: Maeda/Japan
Combination of Construction Equipment for RCCP
7 - 34
day-to-day compaction operations by providing performance and measurement results highly

comparable to those achieved with traditional methods, including the nuclear gauge and/or a
sand-cone and oven moisture test combination. The EDG measures and displays the results
for wet and dry density, gravimetric moisture and percent compaction.
The advantages of using the EDG are:
-
it does not require a highly-trained or license technician
it does not require special handling for shipping or regulatory compliance for
hazardous materials materials
it is easy to learn and easy to use with its step-by-step menu
lightweight and easy transportable
it is accurate and repeatable with results that mirror known testing methods
The EDG measures the electrical dielectric properties and moisture levels of compacted
soil using high, radio frequency traveling between darts driven into the soil being tested. The
darts depth of penetration positively determines the depth of measurement. Darts are
available in 4, 6, 8 and 12 lengths. In addition, the darts have been designed with a taper,
which ensures a continual positive contact with the soil for accurate measurements.
Source: HUMBOLDT
7.13 ISO Accreditation of Large Contractors

Department Order No. 38 Series of 2008 requires Large B Contractors of DPWH
projects to seek ISO 9000 Certification.
7 - 35
Chapter 8
Field Inspections
8.1 Objectives of Field Inspection

Inspections are being conducted to oversee construction projects and maintenance
activities. The objectives of field inspections are as follows:
1)
Assure that the project has been implemented in conformity with the plans and
specifications which shall provide as a basis for acceptance of the project and
reimbursement of project costs with public expenditures;
2)
Acquire information on problems and condition changes to provide opportunity for

timely remedial action to solve the problems;
3)
Assess the DPWHs capabilities and effectiveness in managing and controlling the
projects with respect to:
*
Administrative and technical supervision
Staffing, equipment and facilities
Performance
Project documentation, including inspection diaries, test reports, etc.
4)
Enhance quality management programs for project implementation;
5)
Offer technical and procedural advice and recommend improved construction

techniques and engineering supervision; and
6)
Come up with a report on special or innovative construction materials, methods,

procedures, new equipment, and other technological innovations.
Field inspection and control shall be based on Volume II of the DPWH Standard
Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airports, Vol. II 2013 Edition, its special provisions
provided by project category/type and approved rawings (plans). The Standard Specifications
is comprised of nine (9) parts; Parts A to H provides specifications for certain item of work;
and Part I for materials details.
Part A: Facilities for the Engineer
Part B: Other General Requirements
Part C: Earthworks
Part D: Subbase and Base Courses
Part E:
Surface Courses
Part F:
Bridge Construction
Part G: Drainage and Slope Protection Structures

Part H: Miscellaneous Structures
Part I:
Materials Details
8-1
The quality of construction relies on field inspections and this is achieved thru a
cooperative and coordinative effort of those involved in the implementation.
Various instructions are given to the Contractor for correct implementation or remedy of
works through daily field inspection. Such instructions should be officially done in writing
and properly filed. If verbal instructions are given at the site, these should be confirmed in
writing as soon as possible. The instructions should be clear, concise and conforming with the
particular provisions of the contract and specifications. Whenever a dispute or conflict arises,
the issued instructions shall be referred to.
8-2

OFFICE OF THE PROJECT ENGINEER
Date: ________________
SITE INSTRUCTION NO. _____
Name of Project
Location
Contractor
: _____________________________________________
: ____________________________________________
: _____________________________________________
To
: ________________________________________
: ________________________________________
Project Engineer (DPWH)
From
You are hereby instructed to:

____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
For compliance.
_______________________
Project Engineeer (DPWH)
Noted:
_______________________________________
Chief, _____________Division/Section
Received by:
_______________________________
Figure 8.1
Site Instruction
8-3
8.2 Categories of Field Inspection

The categories (depending on the required output on road construction) are as follows:
I.
PROGRESS INSPECTION
The Inspector focuses on the progress accomplishment to be paid for and should
take actual measurement and direct counting of work accomplished per work item. Only
quantities that conformed to the criteria for acceptance shall be reported.
Shown in Table 8.2 are some of the criteria for acceptance of a particular work item.
Table 8.1
Criteria for acceptance
Description
Criteria
Item 104 Embankment
Design elevation, compaction
Item 200 Subbase Course
Thickness, Quality Test
Item 201 Base Course
Thickness, Quality Test
Item 310 Bituminous Surface
Thickness,
Course(Hot-laid)
Density
Compaction
Item 311 Portland Cement
Thickness,
Concrete Pavement
Flexural Strength ,
Condition
of
the
weakened
plane/
longitudinal joints, surface and the applied

joint sealant.
II.
ASSESMENT INSPECTION
The Inspector conducting this category of inspection will make use of anyone or
combination of the applicable checking processes, physical and mechanical tests such as
test pitting, core boring, field density testing and laboratory procedures etc. to: (1)
Discover hidden defects or potential cause that will endanger the safety and/or service
life of the project; (2) Recover cost of money arising from deficiencies, miscalculations,
contract obligation, e.g. deficiencies in the average thickness and compressive strength of
PCCP, over-valuation of contract quantities, liquidated damages, etc.
III.
INVESTIGATIVE INSPECTION
The Inspector conducting this category of inspection will make use of any or a
test pitting, core boring, field density testing and laboratory procedures etc. to determine
the following:
a)
8-4
Whether the complaint is valid or not;
b)
The implication of findings and observation to the quality, worthiness, cost and
service life of the road
c)
To be able to provide technical analysis of the actual situation and to present

solution to resolve the problem, if any.
IV.
ENGINEERING INSPECTION
The Inspector conducting this category of inspection will make use of anyone or
test pitting, core boring, field density testing and laboratory procedures etc. in
conjunction with the modern testing devices such as Nuclear Testing, Distance Meter,
DCP, etc to collect data to support further studies and speedy solutions to problems in
road construction and quality management.
V.
WORKMANSHIP INSPECTION
Quality products are attained as a result of good workmanship. Good workmanship
is a result of experience, skill, art and techniques of workers, plant and equipment
operators and supervisors incorporated in the process or procedures of production. The
in-situ and laboratory tests are for confirmation of the product quality while
workmanship is for work process and product control during production or
manufacturing. The workmanship inspection is most important daily duty of the
supervision engineers and inspectors. The workmanship inspection is conducted by both
visual observation and measurement.
Quality products are attained as a result of the Contractors appropriate quality
control and good workmanship. Either the tests or inspection by the Engineer does not
relieve the Contractors quality assurance obligations. The Contractor is obligated to
comply with the contract and specifications irrespective of the presence of the Inspectors.
The in-situ and laboratory tests reflect representative quality. As sampling could not
be taken from all sections or portions, the Engineer should inspect workmanship to
ensure that the standardized and consistent operations are carried out for production. The
inspection staff should provide immediate instruction and guidance if any trouble or
problems like rain, high concrete temperature, breakdown of equipment/tools, etc.
happen or he found any wrong practice or substandard materials.
It should be noted that Engineer and his staff are not only representatives of the
DPWH but also representatives of the public to witness the Contractors activities.
Easy compromise and acceptance on poor quality product are not allowed.
8-5
8.3 Field Inspection Plan

Major field inspection activities cover 1) Materials Quality Control, 2) Workmanship, 3)
Alignment and Dimensions Check, 4) Quantity Measurement and 5) Work Progress
Monitoring in accordance with the Request for Inspection by the Contractor and/or by own
initiative of the Engineer. Field inspections also include checking of mobilization and
deployment of resources (manpower, equipment and materials), traffic safety, maintenance
and environmental management plan.
Construction Supervision
Work Description
Item
Quality Control
Part
A
B
Field Inspection
Workmanship
Alignment / Dimensions
Quantity Measurement
Facilities for the

Engineer
Other General
Requirements
Mobilization
B.2
Safety / Environment
B.3
Maintenance
B.4
Materials
Subbase and Base

Course
B.5
As-staked survey
Surface Courses
Bridge Construction
H
K
Equipment
Crusher Plant, Concrete
Batching Plant, Trucks,
Slipform Paver
Tool
Earthwork
Concrete Vibrator, Sprayer,

Joint Cutter, Air Compressor
Manpower
Drainage and Slope

Protection Structures
Miscellaneous
Structures
Dayworks
Item
Work Description
301
Bituminous Prime Coat
302
Bituminous Tack Coat
303
310
Compliance to Safety and

Environmental
Requirements
Note:
B.1
G
Work Progress
Work Category
311
Foreman, Plant Operator,

Driver, Paver Operator, Skilled
Workers, Labour, Security
Materials
Cement, Aggregate, Sand,
Water, Additive
Bituminous Seal Coat

Bituminous Concrete
Surface Course, Hot Laid
Portland Cement Concrete
Pavement
Quality Control Apparatus

and Materials
Insitu Test (Slump Cone),
Sampling and Laboratory
Equipment
Same or similar activities
Figure 8.2
Hierarchy of Field Inspection
The road works of the DPWH is categorized to Parts A K (see Fig. 8.2) The pavement
works is classified into new construction, upgrading/improvement/rehabilitation and
preventive (periodic) maintenance (Fig. 8.3) Field inspection plan should be established
according to work category and pavement type taking each characteristic into account.
Upgrading / Improvement
Rehabilitation
New Construction
Preventive Maintenance
(Periodic)
Overlay / (Selected Replacement)
Re-construction / Widening
Existing Pavement
Existing Pavement
Rigid Pavement
(Concrete
Pavement)
Rigid
Pavement
(Concrete
Pavement)
Flexible
Pavement
(Asphalt
Concrete
Pavement)
Rigid
Pavement
(Concrete
Pavement)
Figure 8.3
8-6
Flexible Pavement
(Asphalt Concrete
Pavement)
Flexible
Pavement
(Asphalt
Concrete
Pavement)
Rigid
Pavement
(Concrete
Pavement)
Flexible
Pavement
(Asphalt
Concrete
Pavement)
Rigid Pavement
(Concrete
Pavement)
Rigid
Pavement
(Concrete
Pavement)
Flexible
Pavement
(Asphalt
Concrete
Pavement)
Flexible Pavement
(Asphalt Concrete
Pavement)
Flexible Pavement
(Asphalt Concrete
Pavement)
Classification of Pavement by Work Category
Standard Flow for Subgrade Preparation and Approval

for AC Overlay Section from Sta.__________ to Sta.___________
Contractor
The Engineer / The PE

Approved
As-staked Survey/As-staked Plan
Removal of Damaged
PCCP
LEGEND
Activity of Contractor
Common Excavation / or
Unclassified Excavation
Joint Activity
NOT OK
Activity of the Engineer/the PE
Excavation Width and

Elevation Check
I/R:
Inspection Request
OK
Works
NOT OK
NOT OK
Formation Check
(Width, Elevation and
Superelevation ,etc.)
OK
Inspection Request
(Level Book)
Contractor' Level Book

Check and Random
Subgrade Formation Level
Check
I/R
OK
Field Density
NOT OK
OK
Subgrade Recompaction / Grading
Proof Rolling
Inappropriate
Workmanship
Identify
Reasons/Cause
s (Jointly)
For Medium /
Large Areas/Length
NOT OK
NOT OK
Work Order
by the Engineer
(Location, Width,
Depth)
Unsuitable Material
Excavation / Subgrade
Improvement
OK
(Approval of
Subgrade
Preparation)
IR
NOT OK
For Small Areas

Materials, Dimensions,
Workmanship Check, Proof
Rolling (Jointly)
OK
Commencement of Aggregate Base

Construction
(Approval of
Subgrade Preparation)
Source : PJHL / DPWH
Figure 8.4
Flowchart for Field Inspection
8-7
8.4 Standard Inspection Check Sheet

The field inspection and quality control shall be conducted in accordance with the
Specifications . The DPWH Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airports, Vol.
II 2013 Edition is comprehensive and therefore, quality road and bridges could be constructed
if followed to the Specifications. On this aspect, Standard Inspection Check Sheets are
necessary for major work items to ensure that all construction and maintenance works are
implemented strictly in accordance with the Specifications.
The Standard Inspection Check Sheet covers the following check points as per
Specifications:
8-8
Work Approval
Scope of Works
Materials Requirement
Construction Requirements, including equipment.
Remarks/Comments.
Existing Surface
Figure 8.5
Example of Inspection Check Sheet
8-9
8.5 Request for Inspection

The Contractor shall submit a request for inspection for approval of the Engineer as early
as practicable. All necessary resources to support the inspection are deemed ready upon
submission of the request.
The following figure illustrates the flow of activities for the processing of inspection
request.
The Contractor
The Engineer (Consultant)
The Employer' Representative
c.c.
Submission of Notice to
Work / Inspection
Request
PMO (PM/PE)
at Site Office
RE
Approval of Notice to
Work / Inspection
Request
Original
File
Informing
Reasons
Disapproved
Approved with
Condition*
Approved
c.c.
Informing Condition
Informing the PI / ME in charge for inspection
Note: * The Contractor shall not be allowed the works
if the conditions not fulfilled.
Informing the PI / ME in charge for inspection
Inspection /
Quality Tests
File
Approval of Works
Informing with Reasons
Figure 8.6
8 - 10
Disapproved
File
Noted by
PMO (PM/PE)
Approved
Flowchart for Inspection Request and Approval
________________________________ PROJECT
WORK / INSPECTION REQUEST
DATE
NO.
CONTRACTOR
STATION LIMITS
:
: Sta.1+053.00 - Sta.1+138.00
left side
(LOCATION)
:
:
ITEM NO. :
QUANTITY :
2-Feb-07
105(1)
260 m2
DESCRIPTION OF WORKS/INSPECTION REQUESTED:

Subgrade Preparation/ Field Density Test
FOREMAN IN CHARGE:
EQUIPMENT TO BE USED:
Motor Grader: 1 Unit
Vibration Roller: 1 Unit
MAJOR MATERIALS TO BE USED:
3-Feb-07 / 8.00 A.M.
SCHEDULED START OF WORK:

REQUESTED DATE/TIME OF INSPECTION:
3-Feb-07 /
9.00 A.M.
REQUESTED BY:
PROJECT MANAGER
(Contractor)
APPROVAL OF / COMMENTS ON WORKS (TESTS)/ INSPECTION REQUESTS

INTENSION OF WORKS (TESTS) / INSPECTION REQUESTS
APPROVED WITH
CONDITION
APPROVED
NOT APPROVED
COMMENTS / NOTES / CONDITION
DATE:
BY:
ENGINEER / INSPECTOR
TO BE ASSIGNED:
RESIDENT ENGINEER
(The Engineer)
APPROVAL OF WORKS
CHECKED LINES & GRADES:
CHECKED MATERIALS, FORMS & REBARS:
CHECKED EQUIPMENT / PLANT:
RECOMMENDATIONS:
RECOMMENDED
FOR APPROVAL BY:
APPROVED BY:
INSPECTION ENGINEER/ ME/ INSPECTOR
RESIDENT ENGINEER
(The Engineer)
(The Engineer)
NOTED BY:
PROJECT ENGINEER
(
)
Source: PJHL / DPWH
Figure 8.7
Example of Work/Inspection Request
8 - 11
Chapter 9 Project Completion

9.1 Pre-final Inspection for Completion
Once the project reaches an accomplishment of 95%, the Engineer and the Contractor
shallconduct a pre-final inspection. The Engineer shall prepare a punch-list of observed
defects and/or deficiencies and the necessary corrective measures. He shall direct the
Contractor to do the necessary rectification works and ensure that the Contractor has complied
with the requirements described in the punch-list prior to the conduct of Final Inspection for
Completion.
9.2 Final Inspection for Completion

9.2.1 Submission of Request for Final Inspection for Completion
The Contractor shall, upon rectification of the defects and/or deficiencies observed
during the pre-final inspection, submit to the Implementing Office through the Engineer a
written request for the conduct of final inspection.Together with the request for final
inspection, the Engineer shall furnish the Inspectorate Team copies of the following
documents.
1.
Pre-final Inspection Report statingthat the defects/deficiencies noted during the

pre-final inspection havebeen complied withby the Contractor;
2.
Original plans and specifications
3.
Approved As-Staked Plans
4.
Approved As-Built Plans
5.
Approved Contract Agreement and Bill of Quantities
6.
Approved Variation Order (if any)
7.
Approved Contract Time Suspension/Extension
8.
Monthly Progress Report indicating substantial completion (C > 95%)
9.
Approved Statement of Work Accomplished (latest)
10. Quality Control Logbook, Quality Contorl Assurance Certificate

11. Monthly Materials Report
12. Others as maybe required.
9-1
9.2.2 Participants for the Final Inspection for Completion

The final inspection shall be participated in by representatives as shown in Table 9.1.
Table 9.1
Composition of Inspectorate Team
Project undertaken by
Central Office and PMO
Composition*
Quality Assurance Unit (QAU) Member
Bureau of Research and Standards (BRS)
Bureau of Design (BOD)
Bureau of Construction (BOC)
Bureau of Maintenance (BOM)
Non-QAU Member
Regional Office
Quality Assurance Unit (QAU) Member
Planning and Design Division
Construction Division
Maintenance Division
District Engineering Office
Implementing Unit
QualityAssurance Division
Implementing Unit
District Inspectorate Team
Planning and Design Section
Construction Section
Maintenance Section
Quality AssuranceSection
Implementing Unit
*One(1) representative from each office
The Inspectorate Team shall prepare and submit to the Implementing Office the Final
Inspection for Completion Report containing its findings and corresponding recommendations,
and the duration of rectification works. The Implementing Office shall notify and require the
Contractor, at his own expense, to do the rectification works within the prescribed duration
from the date of notification.
9-2
The figure below illustrates activities undertaken specifically during completion stage.
Certificate of
Completion
Implementing Office - PMO

Defects Liability
Period
Construction Period
Substantial Completion
(95% of the Contract Amount)
Joint Preliminary
Inspection of I.O.
& Contractors
Rep.
Inspection by QAUCentral Office
Remedial Work by
Contractor
Maintenance by
Contractor
(365 days)
Remedial Work by
Contractor
Certificate of
Completion
Implementing Office - Regional Office

Defects Liability
Period
Construction Period
Joint Preliminary
Inspection of QAUR.O. &
Contractors Rep.
Inspection by 4 - Division
Chiefs + 1 Implementing Unit
Representative
Remedial Work by
Contractor
Maintenance by
Contractor
(365 days)
Remedial Work by
Contractor
Certificate of
Completion
Implementing Office - District Engineering Office

Defects Liability
Period
Construction Period
Joint Preliminary
Inspection of DEO
rep. &
Contractors Rep.
Figure 9.1
Inspection by 4 - Section
Chiefs + 1 Implementing Unit
Representative
Remedial Work by
Contractor
Maintenance by
Contractor
(365 days)
Remedial Work by
Contractor
Activities undertaken during completion stage
9-3
9.2.3 Remedial Works

The remedial works by the Contractor shall be monitored and supervised by the Engineer
who shall certify the correctness of the applied methodologies and shall recommend issuance
of Certificate of Completion for the project. Remedial works shall be completed within the
approved contract time otherwise, provisions for liquidated damages shall be applied.
9.3 Issuance of Certificate of Completion

The Contractor shall request to the Implementing Office for the issuance of Certificate of
Completion. The certificate shall be issued if:
1)
All defects/deficiencies (as per Inspectorate Teams Final Inspection for Completion
Report) have been rectified by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer;
2)
There are no pending Third Party Claims against the Contractor.
The Implementing Office shall take over the project within seven (7) days from the date
of issuance of Certificate of Completion.
9-4
Contract Period
Warranty Period
Construction Period
Maintenance
by Contractor
Commencement
of Works
Certificate of
Certificate of
Acceptance
Completion
Contractor requests for final

acceptance to the Implementing Office
after defects liability period of the
Project.
Contractor requests for final inspection to

the Implementing Office upon completion of
the Project.
The Implementing Office endorses requests

of the Contractor to the designated
inspectorate team for a joint final inspection
of the project.
The Implementing Office informs /

coordinates with the Consultant for
final inspection of project.
D.O.No.53 & 81, Series of 1995
INSPECTORATE TEAM
Documentation
(Check & Evaluation)
Ocular
- Checking compliance of
materials quality and
quantity per approved plans
and specifications
- Checking workmanship
- Verification per As-built Plan
BRS
QAU
BOC
QAU
MQCH
Div.
MQCH
Sec.
Const.
Div.
Const.
Sec.
BOM
QAU
Imp.
Office
Planning Maint.
Des. Div. Div.
Planning Maint.
Sec.
Sec.
Imp.
Unit
Imp.
Unit
Checking / evaluation of the following project

documents:
Actual Inspection
Preparation and Submission of

Final Inspection Report of
completion (or Acceptance
Report ) to the Implementing
Office
Institution of Corrective
Measures on Defects and
Deficiencies
- Approved Contracts
- Approved Plans and Specifications
- Approved Change Orders, variation Orders,
Extra Work Orders and Supplemental
Agreements
- Approved Final Statement of Work
Accomplished
- Inspection Reports (Punch List of defects
/ deficiencies)
- Quality Control and Materials Reports
- Approved As-built Plan
- The report shall contain findings and

corresponding recommendations.
- The report shall be ubmitted to the
Implementing Office duly signed by the
Inspection Team.
The Implementing Office shall require the

contractor to institute corrective measures on the
noted effects / deficiencies as per
recommendation of the Inspection Team.
The Certificate of Project Completion shall be issued by the Head

of Implementing Office after all the defects / deficiencies have
been corrected at the contractor's own expense.
Issuance of Certificate
of Project Completion
BOD
QAU
Issuance of Certificate
of Acceptance
Source: BRS / DPWH, Dec.1995
Figure 9.2
Flowchart of Activities Relative to the Issuances of Certificates of

Completion and Acceptance
9-5
9.4 Final Payment

Within 84 days upon receipt of the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works, the Contractor
shall submit to the Engineer a draft final billing statement with supporting documents
showing:
(a) The value of all work done in accordance with the Contract up to the date stated in the
Taking-Over Certificate for the Works;
(b) Any further sums which the Contractor considers to be due; and
(c) An estimate of any other amounts which the Contractor considers will become due to
him under the Contract.
If the Engineer disagrees with or cannot verify any part of the draft final statement, the
Contractor shall submit such further information as the Engineer may reasonably require
within 28 days from receipt of the said draft and shall make such changes in the draft as may
be necessary. The Contractor shall then prepare and submit to the Engineer the billing for
Final Payment.
Figure 9.2 illustrates the procedures and supporting documents for final payment.
9-6
Table 9.2
Procedures and Supporting Documents for Final Payment

Step
1
Action and Support Documents for Final Payment

Check the following submitted billing and documents:
1. Background Information / Executive Summary
2. Billing Summary
3. Letter-Request of Contractor
4. Certification (DO 55 1988)
5. Disbursement Voucher
6. Monthly Certification of Payment
7. Statement of Work Accomplished
8. Statement of Time Elapsed
9. Contractors Affidavit
10. Certificate of Clearance on Labour and Materials Payment
11. Certification of Clearance for Equipment Rentals and/or Lease
12. Proof of Completeness of Documents Duly Submitted to COA
13. As-Built Quantity/Final Change Order (if any)
14. Inventory of Office Equipment, Building, Surveying Instrument and Service Vehicle
(Turnover of Equipment Bought Out of Project Funds)
15. Turnover of Laboratory Equipments to BRS For Foreign Assisted Projects
16. Regional Equipment Clearance
17. Property Clearance
18. Certificate of Completion
19. DPWH Final Inspection Report
20. Request for COA Final Inspection Duly Received by COA
21. Pictures
22. Approved Time Extensions and/or Suspension and Resume Orders, if any
23. BIR Form 2555 (for contracts entered into prior to July 1, 1993)
24. Back-up Computation
25. BIR Form No. 2550M VAT Declaration
26. BIR Form No. 750-V-1 (Certificate of Value-Added Tax Withheld on Government
Payments (RA 7649)
27. BIR Form No. 1743 750 (Certificate of Creditable Taxes Withheld at Source)
28. Certification from QAU that defects for final inspection have already been corrected.
29. As Built-Plans/Drawings
2
Verify the following documents for accuracy
Back-up Computation
Statement of Time Elapsed
Monthly Certificate of Payment
Letter Request of Contractor
Statement of Work Accomplished
Contractors Affidavit
3
If the above documents are incomplete and/or inaccurate, return the billing to the Contractor
for correction
4
If all documents are complete and accurate, the Implementing Office prepares forms for
processing forward
5
Implementing Office provide Certified True Copy of Proof of completeness of documents
submitted to COA.
6
The billing documents must have appropriate approvals before submitting them to the
for Civil Works Contract
9-7
Chapter 10 Defects Liability Period,

Final Acceptance and
Warranty Period
10.1 Defects Liability Period
The Contractor, after the issuance of the Certificate of Completion, is still responsible
for the maintenance of the project within a period of one (1) year - the Defects Liability
Period (DLP).
The Engineer shall conduct a joint inspection with the Contractors representatives at a
quarterly basis during the DLP and shall direct any remedial and maintenance works that may
be required for keeping the road in good condition such as:
(a) Vegetation Control
(b) Maintenance cleaning of canals and ditches
(c) Cracks/Joints Sealing
(d) Reshaping/recompacting of road shoulders
(e) Others as maybe required
10.2 Pre-final Inspection for Acceptance

After the DLP, the Contractor shall request for a joint Pre-Final Inspection for
Acceptance with the Engineer. Any defects that occurred during this period shall be rectified
by the Contractor at his own expense. Said defects shall be rectified within ninety (90)
calendar days upon receipt from the Engineer of the notice/instruction to undertake repair.
10.3 Final Inspection for Acceptance

The designated Inspectorate Team shall conduct Final Inspection for Acceptance and
submit to the Implementing Office the Final Inspection for Acceptance report containing its
findings and corresponding recommendations, if any. The Implementing Office shall notify
and require the Contractor, at his own expense, to do the rectification works within the
prescribed duration from the date of notification.
10.3.1 Remedial Works

Any remedial works by the Contractor shall be monitored and certified by the Engineer
for the subsequent recommendation for the issuance of Certificate of Acceptance.
10.4 Issuance of Certificate of Acceptance

The Contractor shall request to the Implementing Office for the issuance of Certificate of
10 - 1
Acceptance.
The certificate shall be issued if:
1)
All defects/deficiencies (as per Inspectorate Teams Final Inspection for Acceptance
Report) have been rectified by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer;
2)
There are no pending Third Party Claims against the Contractor.

Certificate of
Certificate of
Completion
Completion
Release of
Warranty
Defects Liability Period (365 c.d.)
Request of Acceptance
I.O. representative
Joint Pre-Inspection
With the Contractor
Warranty Period (5 years)

Inspection by QAU
Remedial Work by
Contractor
Figure 10.1
Remedial Work by
Contractor
Defects Liability and Warranty Periods
10.5 Release of Remaining Retention Money

The remaining Retention Money or On demand Bank Guarantee shall be released
upon final acceptance of the Works.
10.6 Release of Performance Security

Upon submission of Warranty Security, the Contractor may request for the release of the
Performance Security.
10.7 Warranty Period

After final acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall be held liable for structural
defects and/or failure of the completed project within the warranty period prescribed in RA
9184 except those occasioned by force majeure and those caused by other parties.
The Warranty Security (see Table 10.1) shall remain effective for a period of five (5)
years and shall only be released if in the final round of inspection by the designated
Inspectorate Team, no structural/major defects were discovered.
10 - 2
Table 10.1
Form of Warranty
1. Cash Deposit, Cash Bond or Letter of
Warranty Security
Minimum Amount in Percent of Total
Contract Price
Five (5) Percent
Credit
2. Bank Guarantee
Ten (10) Percent
3. Surety Bond
Thirty (30) Percent
10 - 3
Chapter 11
Maintenance after
Final Acceptance
11.1 Maintenance by DPWH after Final Acceptance

(1)
Necessity of Maintenance
Sustainability of the road facilities after development, upgrading or rehabilitation is
the most important issue. New or rehabilitated roads will deteriorate through vehicle
loading, weathering and aging. Maintenance reduces the rate of pavement deterioration,
lowers vehicle operational costs, saves time and cost, and provides continuous service for
road users and communities. On the other hand, as overloaded vehicles will shorten
pavement life significantly, its strategic and systematic control should be established and
sustained.
Road maintenance is defined as a process that optimizes overall performance of the
roadway over time. Maintenance should be supported by a system of information (data),
planning, budgeting, organization/staff and thorough practices with sound techniques.
(2)
Asset Management Approach

Asset Management is defined as systematic process of effectively maintaining,
upgrading and operating assets, combining engineering principles with sound business
practice and economic rationale to achieve the reliable publics expectations. Sound
engineering, efficient administrative organization/staff and stable budgetary supports are
required for the road asset sustainability. Overloaded vehicle control is also important to
avoid early or premature damage of the pavement.
Time
(Schedule)
Cost
(Finance)
Quality
Project
Management Assurance
Safety
& EMP
Figure 11.1
Asset Management
11 - 1
(3)
Classification of Maintenance
Road maintenance consists of routine maintenance, preventive (periodic)
maintenance and emergency works. Routine maintenance is an activity that should be
undertaken every year. It is mostly a labor intensive work compared with the preventive
maintenance that is equipment based. The design period for new or upgrading projects is
10 years for AC pavement and 20 years for PCC pavement. The first preventive
maintenance is required within 10 years after the opening of the road. In principle, since
the design life of preventive (periodic) maintenance is 5-10 years, it should be repeated
every 4-9 years depending on the level of traffic and road condition.
The main goals of preventive/periodic and routine maintenance are as follows:
Table 11.1
Main Goals of Preventive/Periodic and Routine Maintenance
Category
Unpaved Roads
Paved Roads
Periodic/
* Control of gravel thickness
* Control of roughness
Preventive
* Control of roughness (when
* Control of pavement distresses
Maintenance
re-gravelling)
(cracking, rutting, etc)

* Strengthen drainage structures
capacity
* Control of gravel thickness of
unpaved shoulders
* Control of the general
conditions for stability and safety
Routine
* Control of roughness through
Maintenance
* Delay of the needs for preventive/
grading and patching

* Control of road side conditions
periodic maintenance
* Control of road side conditions
through:
-
through:
Cleaning and minor repair of
drainage and major structures
drainage and major structures
Vegetation control
Vegetation control
Grading and patching of
Grading and patching of
shoulders
Emergency
Repair
Cleaning and minor repair of
shoulders
Minor repair of road signs
Minor repair of road signs
Spot repair of road marking
Spot repair of road marking
* Emergency works for user and

road safety
* Emergency works for user and

road safety
Source: Road & Bridge Routine Maintenance Procedures and Planning Manual, DPWH
11 - 2
The required maintenance activities are classified in Table 11.2.

Table 11.2
Category
Required Maintenance Activities for Road Facilities
Classification
Road surface
(AC pavement)
Road surface
Roadway
(PCCP)
Shoulders and
approaches
Drainage
Culverts
Roadside
Drains
Embankments
Roadside
Cut slopes
Superstructure
Bridges
Traffic
control
device
Safety
devise
Preventive
(periodic)
Maintenance
Routine Maintenance
Crack sealing
Patching
Crack sealing
Emergency Maintenance
Overlay, partial
reconstruction
Overlay, partial
reconstruction
Damage or road cut-off by

slope failures, scouring, etc.
Damage or road cut-off by
slope failures, scouring, etc.
Material addition
and/or sealing
Capacity increase
Cleaning debris
Vegetation control
Spot failure repair
Cleaning/Desilting
Cleaning/Declogging Repair, addition

Vegetation control
Removal of fallen
rock/boulders
Drainage
Foundation
Slope
stabilization
Slope
stabilization
Repainting (steel)
Scouring
protection work
Approach slab
construction
Cleaning debris
Slope failure/settlement
Slope failure repair
(grouted riprap, rock net)
Joint repair
Scouring protection / repair
Others
Approach road crack

sealing
Informatoryand
regulatory
signs,
markings, etc.
Repair
Repainting of
markings,
addition
Replacement of
damaged/broken signs, etc.
Guard rails,
barriers, etc.
Repair
Repair and
addition
Replacement of
damaged/broken guard
rails, signs, barriers, etc.
Approach road settlement
The above mentioned maintenance activities need equipment, materials, tools,

personnel and budget. Most of the routine maintenance works shall be implemented by
administration and preventive maintenance shall be by contract.
Crack Sealing
Figure 11.2
Patching Work
Patching
Maintenance Activities on Pavement
11 - 3
(4) Responsible Offices

The DPWH shall be responsible for road maintenance works after issuance of the
Certificate of Acceptance. The Planning Service is responsible for maintenance
programming and budgeting. The BOM is responsible for overall maintenance
management and the RO/DEO is responsible for implementation of the maintenance
works.
(5)
Planning and Programming

The programming and budget allocation for the maintenance works shall be made
by the Central Office with the integrated asset management system of the DPWH
illustrated in the following figure:
O n -g o in g
W o rk s
C o n tra c t
M anagem ent
S y s te m
(C M S )
TARAS
R T IA
Ongoing
T ra
ffic
Works
C o n tra c t
M anagem ent
R oad
S a fe ty
P ro je c t
R o ad
C o n d itio n
A cOngoing
c id e n t
Works
O n -g o in g
W o rk s
W o rk
P ro g ra m
R B IA
P ro c u re m e n t
C ost
E s tim a tio n
B rid g e
D a ta
R o a d N e tw o rk
In v e n to ry &
C o n d itio n
W o rk
P ro g ra m
M u lti-Y e a r
P ro g ra m m in g &
S c h e d u lin g
(M Y P S )
P ro g ra m
R e v ie w
M u ltiY ear
A n a l y s is
G e n e ra tio n
BMS
PM S
RMMS
R o u tin e M a in te n a n c e
N eeds
M u lti-Y e a r P ro g ra m
Source: PS/DPWH
Figure 11.3
Programming Process (Assets Management System)
The road and bridge condition collected by the DEO under the supervision of the
RO are stored by Planning Service in the Road and Bridge Information Application
(RBIA) as network level road and bridge base data. The purpose of RBIA is to make
comprehensive, appropriately accurate and up-to-date road and bridge information
available throughout the country. The information that is compiled within the RBIA is
only suitable for purposes of network level planning. It cannot be used for project level
design work.
The pavement management comprise of activities starting from planning and
programming, design, construction and maintenance of the pavement portion of the road
works program. Pavement Management System (PMS) means tools and procedures that
11 - 4
assist decision makers in finding optimum strategies for planning and maintaining
pavements in a serviceable condition over a given period of time.
(6)
Routine Maintenance Management System (RMMS)

The RMMS is an integrated tool for planning, scheduling and monitoring the annual
basic maintenance activities in order to sustain a Level of Service for the national roads.
The DPWH has prepared the Road & Bridge Routine Maintenance Procedures and
Planning Manual1 (Volumes I, II and III) as guide and reference for personnel of the
DPWH CO, RO and DEO who are responsible for the routine maintenance of the
national road network. This manual is consistent with the capabilities of the Software
used for the support of the Maintenance Management.
The main objective of management system is to formulate a framework for making
well-informed decisions about highway maintenance. The specific objectives are to
provide the following:
*
Adequate levels of maintenance service throughout the country;
Means to use labor, equipment and material of Administration and Contractors;
Objective basis for planning and maintenance works programming; and
Comparison of planned work and actual performance (monitoring and

evaluation).
The major components of the RMMS manual are as shown in Table 11.3.
Plan and
Budget Routine AMWP/PB
AWP
Maitenance
Activities
DO, RO
BOM
Schedule
Routine
Maitenance
Works
DO, RO
Evaluate
Perfom/Monitor
Work
Work
Performance of
Routine
Schedule
Performance Routine Maitenance
Maitenance
for MBA &
Activities
Works
MBC
DO (MBA), RO
Contractors
(MBC), BOM
DO, RO
BOM
Source: Road & Bridge Routine Maintenance Procedures and Planning Manual, DPWH
Figure 11.4
Flow of Routine Maintenance Work
The DPWH revised the previous maintenance management system under the ADB 6th Road Sector Loan. The
Road & Bridge Routine Maintenance Procedures and Planning Manual was launched after pilot testing for
refining in ten (10) DEOs.
11 - 5
Table 11.3
1.
2.
3.
4.
(7)
Component
Planning
(Chapter 4)
Scheduling
(Chapter 5)
Monitoring
(Chapter 6)
Evaluation
(Chapter 7)
Major Components of RMMS
Content
Development of Annual Work Program, including:
Revision of planning standards
Preparation of annual plans and budgets
Development of short term schedules by activity and location
Monitoring routine maintenance activities, including:
Recording/Reporting (collection of daily activity data for preparing
data/reports for local use and performance report for higher
management
Control of activities
Evaluation of maintenance activities, including:
Analysis of achieved RMMS-level of services, through data acquired by Annual
Visual Inspection (ROCOND) and BMS Type 3 condition inspection, and actual
work quantities for feedback to the planning.
Budget Allocation for Maintenance

The road asset preservation is comprised of routine maintenance and periodic
maintenance and rehabilitation. The sources of funding for asset preservation projects are
the General Appropriations Act (GAA) and Motor Vehicle Users Charge (MVUC). The
maintenance budget is allocated based on either PMS for preventive maintenance or
RMMS for Routine Maintenance. However, at present the RMMS is not yet in place.
The Bureau of Maintenance (BOM) is mandated, based on various data submitted by the
Regional/District Office and dominated in the RBIA, to calculate the maintenance share
of all national roads thru the Equivalent Maintenance Kilometer (EMK) method.
Currently, the maintenance allocation is being calculated manually using the EMK
method (see Table 11.4) where it is believed that there probably exist margins of error.
The calculation of EMK is made thus;
[Length of Road (km.)] X [Factor for Road width ] X [Factor for Surface Type]+
[Length of Bridge (l.m.)] X [Factor of Bridge]
The allocated budget is often insufficient because of a time gap between the data
collection by ROCOND and actual implementation.
11 - 6
11 - 7
1.00
1.15
1.30
1.45
1.60
1.75
1.90
2.05
2.20
2.35
2.50
2.65
2.80
2.95
3.10
3.25
3.40
3.55
3.70
EMK FACTOR
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
CORRECTION FACTOR
FROM ROAD INVENTORY
0.50
CONCRETE
>20 cm
0.80
0.80
0.70
0.70
0.60
0.60
0.95
0.85
0.70
0.50
1.20
1.55
1.25
1.00
<100 mm - 200
EXTRA STRENGHT
2.00
2.10
1.55
400
1.10
200
2.50
0.90
0.90
1.65
2.20
2.60
1.500
1.000
600
BITUMINOUS
LOW
10-30mm
MEDUIM
31-60mm
HIGH
61-100mm
1.45
1.00
0.60
0.40
0.85
100
1.90
75
1.40
0.40
0.35
0.50
30
0.90
25
UNPAVED
LOW
<100 mm
MEDUIM
100 mm - 200 mm
HIGH
>200 mm
TYPE/THICKNESS 1
1.00
1.00
1.85
2.30
2.75
2.000
1.90
2.20
150
5.000
3.000
1.10
1.10
1.95
1.20
1.20
1.15
2.20
2.60
10.000
2.50
2.60
400
1.15
2.10
2.50
2.30
2.10
2.40
2.50
300
2.40
200
AADT AND SURFACE FACTORS
FROM BRIDGE INVENTORY
1.25
1.25
1.68
1.68
1.48
1.33
3.15
1.48
2.75
2.33
2.33
1.93
4.45
1.93
3.65
30.000 50.000 70.000 100.000
EMK FACTOR
0.010
0.035
0.100
1.33
2.45
20.000
15.000
2.30
3.50
3.10
1000
2.90
2.80
600
TYPE
CONCRETE
STEEL
TEMPORARY
BAILEYN & TIMBER
BRIDGE FACTOR
(LENGTH OF ROADS IN KMS. X (EMK FACTOR FOR WIDTH) X (EMK FACTOR FOR SURFACE TYPE) + (LENGTH IF BRIDGE IN L.M.) (EMK FACTOR FOR BRIDGES) = TOTAL EMK
WIDTH
5m
7.5m
5.
10m
>7.5
Unpaved
12.5m
>10.0
15m
>12.5
>15m
Paved (Asphalt or Concrete)
7.5m
10m
>7.5
2.5m
>10
15m
>12.5
17.5m
>15
20m
>17.5
22.5m
>20
25.5m
>22.5
27.5m
>25.5
30m
>27.45
35.5m
>30
32.5m
>32.5
37.5m
>35
40m
>37.5
42.5m
>40
45m
>42.5
47.5m
>45
50m
>47.5
>50m
TYPE
Calculation of Maintenance Share
CALCULATION OF MAINTENANCE SHARE

EQUIVALENT MAINTENANCE KILOMETERS (EMK) METHOD
Table 11.4
Routine
Maintenance
(AMWP/AWP)
GAA
BOM
Preventive
Maintenance
(AWP)
GAA
MVUC
Rehabilitation/
Reconstruction
of Damaged
National Paved
Roads (AIP)
PS
Figure 11.5
(8)
MVUC
GAA
Budget Allocation Flow
Implementation and Monitoring of Maintenance Works

The preventive maintenance programs will be implemented like the development
projects in accordance with the DPWH Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges
and Airports, Vol.II 2013 Edition.
The planned and scheduled routine maintenance activities will be performed in
accordance with the Specifications for Routine Maintenance in Chapter 2 of Road &
Bridge Routine Maintenance Procedures and Planning Manual (RMMS Manual). The
accomplishment will be monitored based on the following:
Table 11.5
MBA
Monitoring for Maintenance Works
- The actual use of assigned resources and the actual work quantities
- The quality of the works
MBC
- The actual work quantities

- The quality of the works
In accordance with Chapter 6 of RMMS Manual, these tasks require:

*
Recording/reporting (collection of daily activity data); and
Control activities (checking the reliability of the reports and the compliance of the
completed work with the Specifications).
11.2 Maintenance Inspection and Remedial Measure Design

PMS (HDM-4) based on RBIA are planning tools for allocation of resources with
priority but not for the design. The RO/DEO needs to conduct inspection and remedial
measure designs for the implementation of the preventive and routine maintenance works
11 - 8
with the allocated budget.

Shown in Tables 11.5 and 11.6 are types of pavement distresses, major causes and
common repair methods for AC and PCC pavements, respectively.
Table 11.6

for AC Pavement
Distress Type*
Major Causes
Common Repair Method
Consolidation and lateral movement of AC, base,

overload
Overlay, mill and

resurfacing
Lack of AC stability (too much asphalt, too much

fines, round aggregates, lack of aeration)
Remove and reconstruct

or patching, plane
surface and overlay
A.2 Edge Break
Insufficient compaction, loss of lateral support,

aging
Patching
A.3 Potholes
Weakness in pavement (little asphalt, spot

Remove, replace and
thickness defects, less fine or excess fines, poor patch
drainage
A.1 Rutting
(corrugation and shoving)
A.4 Surface Failures (deterioAging, weather, improper tack coat between PCC Overlay (after spot failure
ration, delamination, edge break) and AC overlay, construction on wet PCC
repair), Patching
A.5 Wearing Failures (Raveling,
flushing, polishing )
Insufficient compaction, construction during wet,

dirty aggregate, asphalt overheating, insufficient
asphalt
A.6 Cracking:
Seal coat, Thin overlay
Crack sealing, patching
A6.1 Edge cracks
Lack of lateral support, settlement (poor drainage

or weak foundation), lack of lateral support,
A6.2 Reflection cracks
Reflection of cracks from underneath (concrete

pavement joints, SCB cracks, AC cracks)
A6.3 Transverse and

Longitudinal cracks
A6.4 Cracks along ruts
Volume change of surface or base materials, low

asphalt penetration, aging etc.
Over loads, passing of heavy vehicles (see rutting)
A6.5 Crocodile cracks /

Fatigue Cracks
Excessive deflection over unstable base and

subgrade, overload, poor drainage, aging
A.7 Road Cut/Slip
Slope failure, landslide, scouring, slip
(depends on causes and

condition)
A.8 Shoulder (Erosion, pothole,

high gap, insufficient fill,
vegetation)
Steep slope, lack of maintenance, pass of traffic,

inadequate cross-fall, side drainage, lack of
surface protection, lack of shoulder materials
Add materials and

compaction, Sealing,
patching, grading, grass
cut
11 - 9
Table 11.7

for PCC Pavement
Distress Type*
C.1 Shattered Slabs
C.2 Scaling
Major Causes
Subgrade and/or base failure, lack of dowel bars
(load transfer problem), insufficient slab thickness,
foundation settlement, low concrete quality
Common Repair Method

Full depth repair (slab
replacement)
Over-finishing, improper curing, unsuitable

aggregates, chemical action
Slurry seal, a skid

resistance treatment, AC
overlay
C.3 Cracking:
C3.1 Corner cracks
C3.2 Diagonal cracks
Crack sealing, remove

and replace
Traffic loads on unsupported corners, spot weak
subgrade/base
Traffic loads on unsupported slab end, subgrade
settlement, pumping
C3.3 Longitudinal cracks Shrinkage of concrete, expansive base/subgrade

failure/settlement, loss of support from edge
i
C3.4 Transverse cracks Overllaods,
repeated bending on pumping slabs,
failure of foundation, shrinkage
C3.5 Crocodile cracks
Improper load transfer devise, base/subgrade

weakness, insufficient slab thickness, settlement
C.4 Road Cut/Slip
Slope failure, landslide, scouring, slip
(depends on causes and

condition)
C.5 Joint Faulting
Inadequate load transfer device, pumping
Raising of slabs
(+ Pumping)
Freewater on or in subgrade or base and deflection Drainage improvement,

of slab
joint resealing, dowel bar
introduction
C.6 Joint Spalling
Segregation of aggregate, improper load transfer

device, improper joint forming, joint sawing, joint
compression
Joint spall repair (Epoxy

patching), AC patching
C.7 Joint Sealant
Aging, low quality, pumping, cracking
Joint resealing
A.8 Shoulder (Erosion, pothole,

high gapa, insufficient fill,
vegetation)
Steep slope, lack of maintenance, pass of traffic,

Add materials and
inadequate cross-fall, side drainage, lack of surface compaction, sealing,
protection, lack of shouldering materials
paving, patching, grading,
grass cut
11.3 Overloaded Vehicle Control

Overloading has a highly negative effect on pavements, road safety and traffic capacity.
Negative effects can be assessed through the Vehicle Damage Factor (VDF) or Equivalent
Standard Axle Load (ESAL). As vehicle damage factors increase from 4th to 4.5th power of the
axle load, overloading control is extremely important for sustainability of pavement life.
The maximum allowable Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) per revised resolution amending
the Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of RA 8794 approved by DPWH and DOTC
on April 5, 2013, is 18 tons for 2-axle and 33 tons for 3-axle truck (Refer to Table 11.8) - an
increase from 15 and 21 tons (per Memorandum Circular No. 82-027, 1982), respectively.
This change in regulation gives a considerable burden on the pavement as illustrated in
Figure 11.6.
11 - 10
Note: MVUV (Motor Vehicle User Charge): Max 13.5 ton/axle
Gross Weight
16.88 ton
5.1 Ton
(30%)
11.8 Ton
(70%)
Truck can
stand
Gross Weight
20.26 ton
6.1 Ton
Overload:
3.4 Ton
(20%)
20% of
Overload
gives
14.2Ton
2.3 times
of damage
to
pavement
Vehicle Damage Factor: 5.4

(Truck Factor)
Equation:
VDF =
Axle Load 4.5
8.16 Ton
The
4.5th
power
Vehicle Damage
Factor: 12.3
(about 2.3 Times)
Pavement
cannot stand
Budget
cannot stand
Figure 11.6 Effects of Overloading on Pavement
Since the Government cannot afford to re-design and strengthen all national
roads and bridges to withstand overloading, there is only one main remedy - control
overloading and apprehend/punish violators with the full force of the law.
The DPWH has 21 weighbridges strategically located along the national road
network under joint operation by the Philippine National Police (PNP), Land
Transportation Office (LTO) and DPWH. Upgrading of and additional weighbridges
are required while more efficient/effective way of operation supported by
transparency and accountability is of great importance.
11 - 11
Table 11.8
Maximum Allowable Gross Vehicle Weight
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT (GVW) PER RA 8794 (REVISED 2012)
Note: Special Permit to Travel shall be required for vehicles loaded with inseparable/or special cargoes exceeding
the corresponding GVW and vehicles with configuration different from those shown in the above matrix.
11 - 12
Bibliography
1.
Handbook on Philippine Government Procurement (includes Amended IRR-A of

R.A.9184 and Latest GPPB Issuances), Technical Support Office, September 2007
2.
DPWH Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Airport, Vol. II 2013 Edition
3.
DPWH Procurement Manual for Locally-Funded Infrastructure Projects through Public

Bidding, 20 January 2006
4.
Philippine Bidding Documents (As Harmonized with Asian Development Bank, Japan
Bank for International Cooperation, and World Bank), Procurement of WORKS, The
Government of the Republic of the Philippines, Second Edition, May 2005
5.
Conditions of Contract for CONSTRUCTION FOR BUILDING AND ENGINEERING

WORKS DESIGNED BY THE EMPLOYER, Multilateral Development Bank Harmonised
Edition, March 2006
6.
FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Works of Civil Engineering Construction, Fourth edition,
1987; Reprinted 1988 with editorial amendments; Reprinted 1992 with further
amendments
7.
Conditions of Contractfor Construction FOR BUILDING AND ENGINEERING WORKS

DESIGNED BY THE EMPLOYER, First Edition, 1999
8.
SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SEMS) OPERATIONS

MANUAL, DPWH, 01 April, 2003
9.
ROAD CONSTRUCTION MANUAL, DPWH, BUREAU OF RESEARCH AND

STANDARDS, 1990
10. DISTRESS IDENTIFICATION MANUAL, for the Long-Term Pavement Performance

Program, Federal Highway Administration, June 2003
11. Asphalt in Pavement Maintenance, Asphalt Institute, Manual Series No.16 (MS-16),
March 1983 Edition
12. Construction Program Management
Administration, August 2003
and
Inspection
Guide,
Federal
Highway
13. Road & Bridge Routine Maintenance Procedures and Planning Manual (Vols. I, II and
III), DPWH, April, 2006
14. Road Safety Audit Manual, Road Works Safety Manual, Highway Safety Design
Standards Manual and Highway Safety Design Standards Manual, DPWH, February
2004
15. Revised Procedural Manual for DENR Administrative Order No. 30 Series of 2003
(DAO 03-30)

Road Project Management

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Road Project Management

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IMPROVEMENT OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT FOR

HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION AND

ROAD PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Department of Public Works and Highways

IMPROVEMENT OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT FOR

ROAD PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND HIGHWAYS

Republic of the Philippines

LIST OF TABLES ...........................................................................................

LIST OF FIGURES .........................................................................................

Contracts and Guidelines ..........................................................

Locally-funded Contract ...............................................................................

Foreign-funded Contract ..............................................................................

Asset Management Approach .................................................................

Long-Term Performance Based Maintenance ........................................

Guidelines, Manuals and Practices ..............................................................

Basic Guidelines and Manuals................................................................

Standard Procurement and Implementation Guidelines .........................

International Standard Practices .............................................................

Standard Practices of DPWH..................................................................

Implementing Organizations and Role of Entities .......................

Organization of Central Office ......................................................................

Bureau of Construction ...........................................................................

Bureau of Maintenance ...........................................................................

Project Management Office ....................................................................

Planning Service .....................................................................................

Bureau of Research and Standards........................................................

Road Project Management and Supervision Manual Vol.1 Main Text

Bureau of Design ....................................................................................

Bureau of Quality and Safety (BQS) .......................................................

Organizations of RO and DEO .....................................................................

Organizations for Construction Supervisions ...............................................

For Foreign-funded Projects through International Competitive Bidding.

For Locally and Foreign-funded Projects through Local Competitive

Administrative Penalties/Sanctions ..............................................................

Authorities of DPWH Officials .......................................................................

Reforms in DPWH ........................................................................................

Contract Documents ...............................................................................

Facilities and Land Acquisition .....................................................................

Facilities for the Engineer........................................................................

Right-of-Way Acquisition .........................................................................

Possession of Site ..................................................................................

Relocation of Utilities ..............................................................................

Performance Security and Insurance ...........................................................

Performance Security .............................................................................

Contractor's All Risk Insurance (CARI) ...................................................

Notice to Proceed (NTP) ..............................................................................

Public Information, Road Safety and Environmental Management

Public Information System............................................................................

Relations with Local Communities and Road Users.....................................

Road Safety Program .............................................................................

Road Safety Manual ...............................................................................

Provision of Road Safety Devices ...........................................................

Traffic Management ................................................................................

Road Project Management and Supervision Manual Vol.1 Main Text

Safety Officer ..........................................................................................

Safety and Health Programs ........................................................................

Obligation of the Contractor ....................................................................

Load Restriction ......................................................................................

Coordination during Emergency .............................................................

Environmental Management ........................................................................

Legal Framework and Process ...............................................................

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) ................................................

Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) .........................................